Download Service Manual Nissan Cedric Model 31 Series

Transcript
f
T
h
t
o
f
If
L
1
SERVICE MANUAL
NISSAN CEDRIC
MODEL 31 SERIES
NISSANI
A
NISSAN MOTOR CO
OTEMACHI BLDG
CHI
OT
TOKYO
PHONES
CHIYODA KU
JAPAN
CAlLES ADDRESS
211
NISMO
5211
LTD
TOKTO
9
c
oj
i
1
I
fk
r
Ii
i
J
1
w
4J
1
l
v
V
J
J
J
vv
J
v
J
J
I
NISSAN
CEDRIC Model
f
31
I
r
f
J
11
1 0 1 70
i
4
o
L
U
VP
31
L
U
31
L
4 90
P
U
2630
2025
LIG31
U
G31S
H31
L
L
10
4590
790
1505
1373 1420
ill
1070
U
50
4
CEDRIC
NIS AN
OF
elMENSIO
Il
INTRODUCTION
Th1S manual has been
butors
and dealers for
31 Senes
In add1tion
deta1l
d1smantling
It
Each
1S
e
complied
fective
assembly
and
that
only
emphas1sed
serV1ce
components
1nstructlons
1nspectlon
genu1ne
aSS1sting
d1stn
are
descnbed
1S
for
glven
1n
complete
of these assemblies
Spare
Parts
should be used
placements
l
f7
I
r
our
and ma1nta1nance of the moael
of the major
comprehens1ve
assembling
for pourpose of
as re
GENERAL
L G31S
DIMENSIONS
SPECIFICA liON
U
L G31
L31
U
3l
WP L
U
U
L H31
VP L 3l
U
U
Delux
Overall
length
4590rnrn
1690rnm
1690mm
4690mm
1690mm
4650mm
Overall Wldth
Overall
1505mm
I505mm
1520mm
1505mm
helght
1
4490mf
I690mml
1530mm
Wheel base
2630rnm
2530mm
2530mm
2690mm
Tread
front
I 338rnm
1338mm
1338mm
1338mm
Tread
rear
1373mm
1373mm
1373mm
1373mm
190mm
190mm
190mm
I90mm
Road clearance
Room
or
lntenor
Rear
Body
length
200mm
1885mm
1785mm
2730mm
1750
3
1945mm
990mm
6 persons
persons
500kg
400kg
lnte rlor wldth
l390mm
1390mm
1390mm
lntenor helght
1180mm
Il 80mm
I185mm
1390mm
950mm
1180mm
WEIGHT
Vehlcle welght
1210kg
1240kg
1180kg
6
Seatlng capaclty
6
1350kg
1315kg
8
3
I
6
6
t
persons
Max
1260kg
r
loadage
500
Gross vehlcle
welght
1540kg
1570kg
1510kg
I40km
h
130km h
88m h
81m h
400kg
1790kg
1590kg
1980 2045kg
PERFORMANCE
maXlmum
speed
Fuel consump
ISkm
hter
17km
hter
tlon
Grade
sm
ablhty
o
506
9
o
420
0 496
Mlmrnurn
turmng
S
6m
5
4m
radlus
Stoppmg
Imtlal
50 krn
dlstance
speed
h
14 3mm
143m
143m
143m
CONTENTS
l
lc
i
r
f
o1if
Page
ENGINE
1
N
GENERAL SPECIFICA TIONS
f1
LUBRICA TION
t
l
F
SERVICE OPERATIONS WITH ENGINE
2
ROCKER MECHANISM
19
ADJUSTING THE IGNITION TIMING
37
FUEL SYSTEM
t
40
FUEL SYSTEM
40
CARBURETOR
45
FUEL PUMP
50
ADJUSTMENT AND INSPECTION OF
ENGINE
REMOVING
Ii
iI
f
IN POSITION
rf1
R
k
G
N
t
55
OF ENGINE
1
lr
t
ASSEMBLY
3
COOLING SYSTEM
IGNITION SYSTEM
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
GENERA TOR
62
i
4
I
1
69
4
731
R
REGURA
T40
BATTERY
6
61
CLUTCH
DESCRIPTION OF CLUTCH CONTROL
l
J74
f 98
1105
113
t
J
11
7
f
TRANSMISSION
118
I2I
DISASSEMBLING
THE
CASE
ASSEMBLING THE TRANSMISSION
SELEC TOR INER
OPERA TING
LEVER CROSS SHAFT
8
PROPELLER SHAFT
UNIVERSAL
JOIN TS
h
r
tL
i
o
J
1
r
1 29 l
1
ENGINE
ENGINE
The engIne
valves
are
of monobloc construction
IS
operated by
rockers and
f1 tted to the valves
shaft wP1ch
IS
and
IS
htted WIth overhead
rods from the camshaft
push
Three steel backed
beanngs support
cham dnven
The 011 pump and d1stnbutor
ItS
dnven from
are
the camshaft
onnectIng
crankshaft
en
by
the
IS
rod
fItted
dynamo
own
bIg
ends
The
each
dnve shaft
component haVing
The pIstons are each fItted wIth two compreSSIOn nngs
011 control
Beanngs of the thm shell preformed type
nng
the
011 seals
the cam
and to the
centnfugal
maIn
a
are
A counter
beanngs
water pump and
and
fan
coohng
slotted
htted to
blanced
are
dnv
belt
SPECIFICA TIONS
GENERAL
1
G
Engme
Model
H
Type
Over head valve
4
Bore
85x83mm
Stroke
x
c1y
4
3
35x3
Engme
cycle
27m
80x74
mm
f
Total piston
dIsplacement
CompreSSIon
ratio
Brake horse power
1
883
8
5
torque
88 4800
15
6
PS
SAE
7 lb
l13
kg
ft
3200 rpm
16
6
488
8
I
95 5000
Max
I
cc
I
71
5000
77
5200
11
5
kg
PS
SAEH
83 Ib ftl
3200 rpm
PS
SAE12 0
lb ft
l20
kg
0
cc
kg
3600
F1nng
order
CompreSSIon
1
12
3
0
4
kg
2
I
l72
cm2
300 rpm
1
Ib
m2
11
3
0
4
kg
PS
87 Ib ft
SAE
2
cm
2
300 rpm
1t12
l581b
ln
Engme RIgnt SIde
f
Engme Left SIde
2
Draining
the Oil
The 011
pan
On
wIth
5
IS a
metal pressIng WIth the draIn
plug
and recondll1oned engmes the 011 must be draIned and refIlled
011 after the first I 000 km
and
at Intervals of
new
new
subsequently
000 km
DraIn the 011 when the
engine IS hot SInce warm 011 flows freely and
sludge or sedIment WhICh may have accumulatted
takes wIth It any
Never
dIums
petrol or paraffm for flushIng purposes
completely dispersed from the engIne
use
are never
and WIll
bearIng
remaIn
to contamInate any fresh 011
Such
cleamng
me
lubncatlOn system
ThIS may
cause
premature
faIlure
Pressure
0 I
The normal
550 rpm
at
operatmg
IdlIng speed
011 pressure
and 3
4
IS
kg cm2
kg cm21
I
2000
rpm 14 22lb m2
56 81b m2 2000
d
rp
rpm
Ref
ling
When
refillIng
the sump do not pour
overflow from the fIller onfIce
of lubncant
In
Always
possIble
takIng the readmg
level as
allowed for
new
Check for
011 to
sWItch
sure
IS
Increase
WIpe the
ensure
too
qUIckly
operator
as
as
It
to the
dlpsl1ck
that the vehIcle
clean wIth
It should be remembered
reach to sump before
may
quanl1ty
readmg
a non
IS as
ffuffy
near
cloth
f
that l1me must be
the
dlpsl1ck
Low Oil Pressure
The 011 pressure gage
tJon
In
the engIne
Before testIng the level of the 011
before
the 011
and mIslead the
turned
on
IS
normally
keep normal
as
The
panel
fInng and the 011
Installed at the Instrument
and when the engIne started
Igm
pres
before menl1oned
the
It
IS
engIne runnIng
pres sure dunng
result
of 011 In the 011 pan
or
the
down
low
shortage
too
of the 011 pressure
of the level gage and top up
Check the level of 011 m the 011 pan by means
sWItch
low
after refIllIng the 011
IS
too
If necessary
If the pressure
stdl
Should It
3
off and ascertaIn that the straIner
also
that
no
aIr
leakage
IS
clean and not choked wIth
eXIsts at the straIner
the pump
In the case of 011 pump
being
defecl1ve
unIon
remove
on
sludge
the suC110
the umt to
side of
recl1fy
the
fault
If the engme
beanngs
are
complete beanng
remedy necess1tal1ng
the 011
pressure WIll be reduced
IS the
of
fltl1ng
worn
overhaul and the
replacement parts
the removal of the engIne from
1jr
2
r
4
the chassIs
A
only
LUBRICA TION
Circulation
Pressure lubncatlon
gear pump
lS
used
throughout
the umt and
lS
provlded by
nondralnlng
The 011 pump
camshaft gear by
the stralner and
lS
a
lS
bolted under the crankcase
short vertical
dehvered
and
lS
dnven from the
011 drawn lnto the pump
shaft
lnternal 011 ways
through
through
through dnlhngs
The flow then passes
ln the crankshaft
The con
rod
lends
are dnlled for Jet lubncatlon to the
walls
nechng
cyhnder
From the
ln
the
rear
cyhnder
rockers
rear
rocker shaft
and then dralns back lnto the 011 pan
side of the
the
small hole
the center camshaft
upward through
bracket
Vla
the
a
dnlhng
to lubncate the
push
rod aperatures
gallery on the left hand
englne and lubncates the tappets through Indlvldual dnlhngs
camshaft rotates
groove ln the front Journal reglster wlth a
In the camshaft locating plate thus all oWing a small amount
011 from
As
camshaft beanng the 011 passes
block and the
beanng
enters
a
of 011 to pass lnto the tlmlng case durlng each revolution of the camshaft
to provlde lubncation for the tlmlng chaln and gears
From the tlmlng case the 011 returnes
Vla a
draln hole back to the 011
pan
t
3
r
Flg
5
n
m
h
pumP
1
0
h
OUgh
System
pan
l
O
ho arm
om
Lubncatlo
011
ml
rocker
o
2
Flg
flow
overhad
h
and
u
1
Th
r
1
1
1
en
bean g
galery
TJ
l
FIg
Removmg the By
A
new
remove
the bowl
Take
note the
IS
of the
only
be removed from
assembly of
the
thoroughly dry
Replacing
pIece
in
posItIon
In
unscrew
the center bolt when
complete
with the element
Remove the element and
rIng
pettol
so
that It
IS
clean
the washer and the sprIng
Insert a new element
the bowl
now
The sump
mto
It
Important to
lubrIcatmg 011
is
IS
3
plug
Remove the set
flange
screw
In
011
posItIon by
end towards the element
Offer up the
means
The
complete assembly
of the center
DOft
ffj
ft
DraIn the 011 and
I htres
and the lower bolts from
the
wIth the
Place the dIstance
replace
the draIn
bolts whIch are Inserted from the underside of
Lower the 011 pan
the JOInt washers
flanged
together
Pan
1
0
capaCIty
the
be fIlled wIth
secure
Removmg the
hOUSIng
seahng
000 km
gallery of the engme
the crankcase
the center bolt wIth
securIng
all
the Filter
the engIne and
the
or
fIlter
obViate any contammatIon of the
the bowl to
bowl of fIlter must
to
011
components
WIth the center bolt
over
maIn
necessary to
to lose the rubber
not
Wash out the bowl wIth
collar
of
Frlter
pass
part
the fIlter It
can
care
Component
fIlter element should be fItted every 15
The fIlter forms
To
3
from
the engIne
process
7
the bottom
takIng
edge of
care
not to
the bell
damage
i
ii1
I
Jl
I
D
lt
o
1
Flg
Removmg
the Oil
4
Pump
Remove the 011 pan and
plck
secunng
the 011 pump
bottom
cover are
enough
to
to
secure
long
the pump
l
f
the crankcase
Flg
In
The
up stralner
bolts
4
lllustrates the
pump
explosed
form
pump
wlth
7j
Unscrew
the bolts and remove the
f
i
f
Its dnve shaft
y
S
1 t
Y
F
f
l
I
tt
f
H
11
f
Fig
8
5
Dis
ing the Oil Pump
mant
Remove the
the
body
setscrews and sprIng
and take off the
gear and Its dnve
Refitting
Clean
traces
out
of old
the 011 pan
tIltmg
whIch
the
secure
body upsIde
cover
to
down the dnve
gear
by washIng It wIth gasohne
refIttIng the 011 pan
sedIment before
JOIntIng
ma
enal
Exalnlne
The old jOlnt washer
advIsable to fIt
a
new
fIt the JOInt washer
mto the
a
the
the
to
flange tlghtmg
Reassemblmg
can
and
renew
sound
IS
Pay
remove
the JOInt washer and
be used again 1f It
remove
It
any
If
but It
Smear the faces of the JOInt WIth grease and
one
LIft the 011 pan
them up
the Oil
to
care
the engIne
attentIon to the 011 pan and crankcase JOInt faces
necessary
IS
shaft wIth
ashers
the Oil Pan
any traces of the
patlcular
On
cover
Into
pOSItIon
and lnsert the setscrews
evenly
Pump
OIL PUMP
22 ltr
Performance test
5
8 US
Gal
mmute at 2000
pressure 4
Engme
rpm
5
kg cm2
011 SAE 20
pump
891b
m2
temperature
700C 158 F
Regulator
3
Vacuum
Gear back lash
0
25
0
3
o
04
0
11
valve locked
94
m
mm
Hg
0
100
010
mm
0
Hg
012
m
Clearance between gear
cover
mm
0
0016
0
0043m
n
9
150Z8 3ZZ0
Regurator
valve
Ol
I5I3Z 5800
Req
15133 58000
valve spnng
1
r
I
011
Pump
6 St
Part
No
ra
I ner
Assemb
150 I 0 32200
10
SERVICE OPERATIONS WITH
ENGINE IN POSITION
Removmg Startmg
Nut and
Remove the radIator
move
Sl ac k
en
Pulley
th
e
dynamo
attachment bolts and
Bend back the tab
startlng
nut
A few
on the
startlng bolt lockIng washer
by USIng heavy duty
Shock type
spanner
sharp
blows
m
an
Pull off the crankshaft
the
Removing
The
tlmlng
by
a
shakeproof
set
screw
The
cover
bolts
nut
pulley
Cover
secured
s
each
haVIng
washer
are Im
below the bolt heads
Take out the set
JOInt
Unscrew the
clockwlse directIOn WIll slacken the
antl
Timing
spnng washers
medIately
bolts
re
the fan belt
remove
the
washer
screw
cover
Care
and Its
should be
taken not to
damage the washer
If
breakmg the omt
does
occur ht a new
damage
wahser
cleamng of the faces
when
FIg
Heavy duty
I
Shock type
Spanner
of the JOint surfaces beforehand
j
RemOVing the TIming
The tlmlng chaIn
IS
Gear
endless
crankshaft and camshaft gears
tlmlng marks
on
It
IS
necessary to
Before
dOIng
remove
thIS
both the
notIce the
both gears and theIr relal10nshlp to each other
Draw off both the gears
shaft gear
and
together
a
httle at
retaInIng nut
a
tIme
fIrst removIng the crank
i
the
ack
As the gears are WIthdrawn care must be taken not to lose
from
the
crankshaft
Between
the
camshaft
behind
gear
lng washers
and ensures SI
rubber nng whIch acts as a tensloner
the
ExamIne
felt washer and renew It
lent operation of the cham dnve
J
gear teeth
IS a
If 011 has been los t by seepage
11
CHAIN
2
F1g
Poslhon of
Refitting the Timing
the
mg
MARK
rehthng
gears
Gear
ReplaClng the components of the ttmmg gear 1S largely a reversal of
d1smanthng process but speClal attentton should be pa1d to the follow
pomts
Turn the eng1ne crankshaft unbl the
shaft w1th 1tS
keyway
Fit the crankshaft and camshaft gears
key ways aga1nst each posltlOn of
at
marks
are
Oppos1te
along
1n
thelr
mto
key
timing
IS
T
D
C
and the
cam
keyway
mg the
the
with the cham
as
respechve
shown
m
F1g
shafts hnd
2
Ensure
hne
Place the gears 1nto posihon
ensunng that the keys are present in
the
on
shafts
Ensure
keyways
agam that the tl1 nmg marks on the gears
are
Oppos1te
The
replaced
ahgnment
gauge
to each
same
s
a
unle
of the
To
other and
in
number of shims
new
crank
or
hne
taken from front of the crankshaft
camshaft has been htted
gear faces and measunng the
the ahgnment it Will be
adJust
ahgnment
Ip this
with
a
must
case
feeler
necessary to vary the number
of shims
12
be
the
1i 1
t
f
f
i
0
Fig
3
Valve Rocker Cover Removal
Remove the
lIfhng
aIr
brackets
cleaner
Unscrew the cap nuts secunng the engIne
cover and the cork JOInt washer
Remove the rocker
Removing the Rocker Assembly
DraIn the
It
bolts
If antI
colhng system
contaIner for the flUid If It
IS neces sary
IS
to draIn the
system
because four of the rocker shaft
cyl111der
freeze
IS In use
use a
clean
to be used again
and slacken the
hXlllg
cylInder
head
bolts also secure the
head
If the
cyllllder
head bolts
are
not slackened dlstonatIon may result
the cooohng system lllto the cylInd
and allow water to hnd ItS way from
ders and pump
nght hand rear rocker stud nut IS a speCial
locklllg plate
Completely unscrew the rocker shaft blacket nuts and
remove the rocker
Complete wIth brackets and rockers
assembly
NotIce that under the
13
CYLINDER
Dlameter of
cyld
bore
Grade number
dupenslons STD
I
Grade No
Dlameter of
bore
cyld
bore
2
3
4
5
85
000
85 010
85
020
85
030
85
85
009
85 019
85
029
85
039
85 049
040
mm
3
34645
3
34684
3
34724
3
34763
3
34802
m
3
34680
3
34720
3
34759
3
34799
3
34838
Cyhnder
bore
taper
Dlfference of each
OveI
Slze
Cyhnder
bore
cyhnder
avallable
plston
Less than 0
02
mm
O
0008
m
Less than 0
02
mm
O
0008
m
0
25
o
0
010
0
Imm
0
50
o
I
J
7
020 0
00
030 0
mm
040
m
head surface warpage
hmlt
0
004
m
PISTON
Matenal
LO
Dlameter of
plston
Skl rt
EX Alun l1num
Measured at
Alloy
nght angles
to the
plston
pIn
Standard
Slze
Grade No
I
Dlameter of
84
pl ston
3
Ove
84
m
3
3
84
975
34547
mm
Slze
2
3
966
976
84
3
3455
3
85
995
3
84
34511
avaIlable
Clearance
1
8
985
34585
4
34625
986
005
85
3
34665
3
84
996
34629
85
3
34590
5
015
34704
3
006
34669
0
010
0
020
0
030
0
040
0
050
o
25
0
50
0
75
I
00
I
25
0
001
0
0017
o
060
I
50
m
mm
wall and
cyld
tplston
Checkmg by feeler
gauge
o
025
1
2
kg
2
4
2
0
043
mm
wlth 0
04
4 lb wlth 0
m
feeler gauge
mm
0015
m
feeler
gauge
Allowable dIfference
welght
wIth
DIameter of
of gros
rod
connectlng
plston pm hole
Plston pm hole off set
s
Wlthm 5 gr
21
I
987
22
000
0
95
mm
05
mm
0
8656
0
8661
m
0
0414
0
0374
m
Width of nng grooves
Compresslon
2
030
2
055
mm
0
0800
0
0809
m
011 control
4
015
4
040
mm
0
1580
0
1591
m
14
11
1
j
screw
580 0
1325
32 0 ass
13252 shaft IM70
32 0 Set
130 2
32 0
1504t
adjust
rocker 580 0 rod 32 0
n
Rocker fi C
Valve
I
K
Parts
13287 Push 13238
Rocker
6
S80 0
13216
32 O R l
l
H
Hf
32 03
JI
ED
plate 32 0
ocatlng 13010 t51 4 1 418
32
l
132sa 132S9
rocker
Valve
I
32 O
13212
32 03
080 0 0410 321o
13209 13207 13203 cha 13202 13201 30 0
as y 32 0 32 0 32 0
G13070 asket 13079 sehaarfnt 13028
13032
ChaIn r
080 0 16316 080 0
9
1
Camshft
o
tenslo r
Valve
N
lIE
9
18082
CD @
@130
32 0
1l438 13078 OCk
CDBalt washer washer
i
waSher
1
gear
shaft 32 0
8sh
08000l
Csm 13024 Lock 13030
@Lock IDPlane
I
en
1
@
080 0
J3082
VALVE
Matenal
Inlet
Chrome steel
Exhaust
Umlloy
2 I 12
Valve timlng
Valve
Inlet
opens
14
B
T D
C
Inlet
closes
50
A
B
D
C
Exhaust opens
52
B
B
D
C
Exhaust closes
12
A
T D
C
clearance
Inlet
Exhaust
Dowel
o
43
0
525
mm
mm
017
0
0207
m
m
Hot
Cold
54
50
angle
0
Head dlameter
Valve
Inlet valve
40mm
Exhaust valve
32
seat
angle
angle
109
overall
length
8
the
srIJontlmg
4
30
m
mm
0
335
5
from the
locking plate
shaft
Unscrew the
m
Assembly
dismantle the rocker shaft assembly flrst
rear
remove
the
grub
screw
rocker bracket
flat washers and spnng washers from each end
Shde the rockers
brackets and spnngs from the shaft
Remove the
of the
mm
44 30
Lift
and
m
mlet
exhaust
To
m
45
Valve face
D
57
26
lnlet
exhaust
Valve
1
1
mm
pht
plug
pms
from the end of the shaft and clean out the 011 way
The two end rockers may be dIsmantled wlthout the whole rocker
bmg drawn out
bly
until
No 1
push
Thls may be achlved
by turnmg
the engme
by
assem
hand
rod reaches ltS lowest pOSltion
Unlock the tappet adJustlng screw and screw lt back as far as lt wlll go
Wlthdraw the spht pm
flat and spnng washers and shde the rocker off
the
shaft
Sometimes the valve
Ing
a
screwdnver under
off the
shaft easlly
ll have to be shghtly compressed by lever
Wl
spnng
2 rocker
thus allowlng the end rocker to shde
No
Repeat
the
procedure
16
for No 8
rocker
Reassembling
the Rocker
On
reassembly hghten the pedestal bracket secunng
worklng dlagonally from nut to nut left nut of No
time
a
bracket
If
tight
rebushed
down to
a
httle at
1
pedestal
returmng from the
No 4 bracket and repeatmg the
process until they are all
the rocker assembly has been
completely stnpped down and
nut of No 2
nght
left nut of
nuts
left of No 3
the 011 holes wlll have
before
Slze
assembly
and so
on
to be rednlled and the bushes
reamed
the shaft
on
The rockers and
on
the ends
mg
screw
spnng must be replaced In thelr onglnal posItion
shaft
Remember to replace the rocker shaft Iocat
of the
and lock
Replace
plate
the spnng and flat washers
of the shaft
Replace
the rocker
should be at the front of the engme
two
wlth the
and
COver
spht
pinS
On
the ends
The vent plpe
gasket
Secure the
cover
by means of the
that
the
rubber
bushed
and
ensunng
englne hftmg plates
If the rocker cover
or the
posItion
rubber bushes are
cap nuts
are In
found
gasket
be
to
faulty
they
must
be renewed otherwlse ad leaks Will
re
sult
Push Rod Removal
If the valve
malns IS
for
rocker
the
push
detachlng
be taken out wlthout
Remove
the
Slacken all
a
screwdnver
shde
spnng
When
push
rods
replacmg push
reversal of the
a
IS
fulcrum
depress
push rod
rods ensure that the ball ends
then uSlng
the valve
reassembly
IS a
reglster
stralghtforward
Clearances
of 0
of the valve
cover
43
mm
stem
0
017
m
Whllst
between the face
checklng
the clear
to malntaln pressure wlth a screwdnver on the
rod
to dlsperse the hIm of 011 from the
Important
pet adJustlng
screw
Fallure to follow thls
In
process
clearance
of the rocker and the base
It
a
to their full extent
be wlthdrawn m th S way
These w ll
removal of the two end rockers from the
cleaner and rocker
alr
There should be
re
cover
as
From here onwards
dlsmanthng
may
that
the other hand
can
Valve Rocker
Remove the
ances
They
on
assembly
sc rews
rocker shaft
been removed all
the rocker slde ways and hft out the
tappet cups
Adjustmg
the rocker
tappet adJusting
wlth the
to be wlthdrawn after the
shaft
the
already
cleaner and rocker
alr
the
All but the end
have
has
assembly
rods to be hfted out
procedure
wlll result
In a
wrong
push
cup
readlng being
tap
taken
w
17
Turn the engme over
by hand
the
valve
is
falhng
fully closed
To
adjust
Fig
4
insert
and slaken the lock nut
a
Startmg
screwdnver
Then msert 0
face of the rocker and the valve stem
screw
untll the correct clearance
Tighten
handle
is
the lock nut and recheck
017
m
Raise
until the
the
in
push
adjusting
rod
screw
stops
slot
feeler gauge between the
or
lower the
adjusting
obtained
the clearance
c
f
l
r iL
Fig
It
is
4
Adjusting
important to note
bemg adjusted
of the valve
the rocker clearance
that while the
must be
on
peak
18
clearance
is
being
the back of the cam
set
the
OppOSite
tappet
to itS
ROCKER
MECHANISM
TAPPETS
Type
Maushroom
DIameter
12
673
12
684
mm
O
4988
0
4993
lll
12
700
12
718
mm
O
4990
0
5006
lll
57
mm
2
24
Hole dIameter for
tappet
Tappet length
lll
ROCKER MECHANISM
Push rod
Overall
run
at center of rod
out
6 197
196
length
Not to
exceed
6 35 5
DIameter
Rocker shaft
398
length
4mm
36
0
mm
arm
0
hole dIameter
shaft clearance
Arm
Arm lever
raho
0
20 020
0020
1
20
0
46
2500
67
054mm
m
008
0
lll
2504
lll
7874
m
lll
7865
033mm 0
77
0
mm
15
mm
Rocker shaft dIameter
Rocker
74 7
7
2
0
7882
0
00008 0
7887
n
0021m
1
CYLINDER HEAD
RemOVing the Cylinder Head
Dram the
draIn
taps
One
the
rear
IS
coolmg system by opemng
the radIator and
cylmder
block
radIator and other at
sItuated Inlet tube at the backsIde of the
If anh freeze mIxture IS In use
hand sIde of the engIne
nght
futur e use
a sUItable contaIner and retaIned for
It should be draIned Into
the battery by extrachng the ter
DIsconnect the negahve cable from
mInal
screw
and removIng the
the battery termInal post
lug from
on the hose
connechng the radIator
cl1ps
Slacken both the retaInIng
hose
hOUSIng and remove the
to the thermostat
nuts and
Extract the thermostat housmg secunng
and thermostat
19
remove
the
housIng
Remove the alrcleaner
carburetor
rocker
and the Inlet and
cover
exhaust mamfolds
Detach the
dlsconnect the
tensIOn cables and remove the
hlgh
gauge connection
vater temperature
also
sparklng plugs
from the thermostat
houslng
Take off the rocker
cyhnder
Wlthdraw the
The
head
not
keep10g
them
In
the order of removal
be hfted off the
can now
to slacken the external
forgetting
time
same
rods
push
cyhnder
bread10g the cyh
htate
assembly
head bolts at the
der head Jo1Ot
tap
block
cylmder
each slde
To facl
of the head wlth
a
hammer
Do not use
uSlng a plece of wood 1Oterposed to take the blow
When hft10g the head a dIrect
exceSSlve force
should
be
glven so
pull
that the head
pulled evenly
IS
up the studs
Remove the
head
cyl10der
gasket
Decarbonism9
Remove the
the carbon from
the valves
In
head
cyhnder
W th the valves
stlll
10
for th
posltIon
caused to the seats
the
by
S
that
ensures
operation
damage
Leavlng
cannot be
brush whlch should be used for
wue
remove
posltIon
the combustion chambers and the valve faces
the removal
of carbon
If the exhaust valve
be removed
by
a
uSlng
heads
10
let and exhaust
coated
Wl th
finally
should
the
clean the
now
and uSlng the
to be worked
plStOn
the entry of
USlng
bon from
a
the
penpherY
Wlre
IS
short
plston
of each
generally
runs
gasohne
wlll
plston
at T D
on lS
and
compressed
dry
crowns
C
and the
plston
glven
of
A r10g
crowns
by
an
requlre th
S
a
carnon
deposlt
An IndlcatIon
aIr or
them out
th
as
type
The
S
may
pump
ca
bon
Rotate the eng10e until
Protect the other
particles by pushing
shaped plece of hardwood
chlsel
deposlt
brush clean out the carbon from
carbon
should not be touched
ed
wlth
ports
be removed from the
from
very hard
ports
Blowout all traces of carbon dust wlth
and
a
plece of hardwood
shaped
chlsel
Remove the valves
the
are
fluffy
Carefully
non
cyl10der
bore
rag Into them
remove
the
car
should be left round the
round the
top
of the
cyhnder
to when decarbonl satIon
IS
bore
requlr
all
round loss of power
Cars used malnly on
attention more often than those used for long
runs
Removal and
Whllst the
To do th
S
Replacement
cyhnder
head
IS
compress the valve
of
a
Valve
removed the valves
spnng wlth the
sor
4
t
20
can
speclal
be taken out
valve spnng compres
Removal
Release the valve spnng
Remove the two cap reta1nlng collets
the
valve
011
seals
and
1tS reta1ner
Wlthdraw
the
valve
spnng
valve
cap
from the
gUlde
the valves
Keep
to
eng1ne
ensure
the1r relative
1n
replacement
1n
when removed from the
pos1tions
the1r
valve
ong1nal
gU1des
Replacement
Note that the d1ameter of the exhaust valve heads
Inlet valve
replace
To
the
wards
r
place
spnng
the valves
011 seal
The 011 seals
and
are more
easlly
eng1ne 011 for a short penod before
press the valve spnng
f1tted 1f
To
use
VALVE
they
by
gU1de
and
chamfered slde down
have been soaked
the valve
replace
Refit the cap retainers and secure them
Remove the
1nto 1tS
F1t 011 seal
reta1ner
smaller than the
are
1nsert each valve
spnng
of the valve
means
1n
com
cotters
Compressor
SPRINGS
Free
48 7
length
F1tted
length
39
load
49 3
mm
5354
Compressed length
I
mm
30
at
I
5
931
kg
663
at
In
1
917
31b
4
load
30 4
mm
at
kg
61
3
198
I
at
m
134
8
7
8
Ib
6 6
Effective
turns
of Call
D1ameter of cOlI
W1re
COlI 1ns1de dlameter
7
3
4
25
mm
2
mm
0
169
m
1
992
In
CYLINDER HEAD
Torque wrench sett1ng
Cyllllder
head nuts
Connecting rod bolts
Ma1n
beanng
cap
6 2
4
4
15
8
9 75
21
6 9 kgm
4
6 2
II
84
kgm
kgm
06
kgm
45
50ft
Ib
30
35ft
Ib
35
45ft
Ib
71
81ft
Ib
In
rr
1
1
t
Fig
Valve
I
Grinding
Before
replacement
of the
cyl1nder
head the valves and theu seats
should be examIned for sIgns of pIttIng or burnt patches and cllstortlon
the valve seats must be recut before
If these condltlOns are present
attemptlng
to
gnnd
trued or the valve
be removed
In
the
In
whilst
the valves
renewed
Only
trueIng proces
the
dIstorted valve heads should be
minImum
amount of metal should
s
grmdlng a valve onto ItS sealmg the valve face should be
smeared l1ghtly wIth grmdmg paste and then lapped n wIth a suctIon type
The valve must be ground to Its seat w th a semI rotary
gnndlng tool
motIon
A l1ght cOlI spnng Interposed between the valve head and the
port w ll assIst considerably when l1ftlng the valve in order to rotate the
face to a different posItIon
ThIS should be done frequently to spread
the gnndlng compound evenly
It IS necessary to contInue the gnndlng process untIl an even matted
surface IS produced on the seatlng and the valve face
the valve seats and ports should be throughly clean
On completIon
ed w th gasol1ne soaked rag and dned
and the subJected to a compress
ed au blast
The valves should be washed In gasol1ne and all traces of
gnnd ng compound removed
When
VALVES
Valve head dlametel
Valve
40
mm
I
57
m
Exhaust valve
32
mm
I
26
m
m
angle
angle mlet
length overall
seat
Valve face
Valve
Intake valve
Inlet
exhaust
45
8 exhaust
44
LIft
22
30
I 09
mm
4
30
8
mm
0
335
5
m
Reset the valve clearances
not hot
cold
or
and
fInally check them
The
cylInder head bolts may
the engIne has attaIned ItS normal
valve clearances WIll have
pull
when the engIne
down
slIghtly
workIng temperature
In
whIch
IS
after
more
the
case
to be checked agaIn and reset If
necessary
RefIt the Inlet and exhaust manIfolds
FIt the carburetor and reconnect the
control lInkage
RefIt the IgnItion
advance Suction
pIpe to the connection on the carburetter
but do not at thIS
stage refIt the aIr cleaner or It WIll have to be removed later
to check the
valve clearances
Replace the rocker cqver takIng care to fIt the cork
gasket correctly
Place
three
the thermostat and ItS
nuts
tor hose to
Ensure
housIng
In
and secure With the
pOSItion
Reconnect the water temperature gauge Wlre and ftt the radIa
the thermostat
Connect the cables to the
hOUSIng
that the radIator and
battery
cylInder
block
fill the radIator
Clean and
draIn tapes
the
sparkIng plugs and refIt
fInng order of the engIne IS
adJust
tensIOn leads
The
whIch secures part of the electncal
The Ignition
normal
can now
be
operating tempreTature
rocker
cover
so
that the valve
rocker
cover
and ftt the
aIr
on
3
4
and the
Ovel
clearances may be recheked
STEM
2mm 0
008
In
0
4mm 0
016
m
13202 322J2
Exhaust Valve
13202 32200
Standard
Over
13202 32201
SIze
0
2mm 0
008
In
0
4mm
016
m
0
13202
32202
Stem dIameter
7
985
0
3144
8
185
0
3223
8
385
0
3301
connections
and
970
7
0
0
0
018
0
3157
mm
8
218
In
o
3235
mm
8
418
o
3314
3217
370
8
8
In
mm
3138
170
9
GUIde hole dIa
3295
In
Stem dIameter
7
960
0
3134
8
160
0
3213
8
360
0
3291
23
1
the
the
Replace
AVAILABLE
13201 32201
0
When the
remove
cleaner when the fInal check has been made
13201 32200
SIze
re
SIde of the head
engIne started
has been reached SWItch off and
Intake Valve
Standard
and
clIppmg on the hIgh
Replace the clIp
WhIlst the engIne IS
runnIng check that the water hose
fuel lIne umons do not leak
TIghten them If necessary
OVER SIZE VALVES
closed
2
harness to the
whlnng
SWI tched
them
1
are
7
945
0
8
8
In
mm
3207
345
0
mm
3128
145
0
GUide
In
mm
3285
In
8
018
0
3157
8
218
0
3235
8
418
0
3314
8
000
0
8
200
0
0
In
mm
3229
400
8
mm
3150
In
mm
3307
In
hole dIa
000
8
0
8
200
0
8
m
mm
3229
400
0
mm
3150
In
mm
3307
In
Refitting the Cylinder Head
cyl1nder healq and cyl1nder block JOInt faces are clean
The cyl1nder head gasket IS marked
Top so that 1t w1l1 be placed
Place the gasket 1nto posItion and 10wE r the cyl1nder
head In
rectly
cor
F1t the seven cylmder head securing nuts fmger tight
Into place
Insert the push rods
replacmg them 1n the pOS1tions from wh1ch they
Ensure that the
were
taken
Replace the rocker
Evenly hghten
assembly and screw down the secunng nuts hnger tight
the cylmder head bolts a l1ttle at a time
fmally pull1ng them down w1th a
k all
ba
Screw
the tappet adJust1ng
torque wrench set to 45
50 lbs
ft
screws
6 2
6 9 kgm
Removmg and Replacing the Tappets
Remove the
mg them
same
m
then
cyl1nder
head
and W1thdraw the
assembly
respective positions
so
that
the top of the
cyl1nder
block w1th
one
of
then
rods
push
push
out the
also
keepmg
tappet from
them
m
locahons
Assembly
1nsert the
do
push rod keep
replaced on the
tappets
Take out the camshaft from eng1ne block
same
they
w11l be
IS a
It may be neces sary to
procedure
cyl1nder block keep1ng ups1de down or lay
reversal of above
tappets from
1ns1de
of
n
ua
I
8
I
la
fllZM
1
EngIne sl1ng
2
011 hller cap
3
Valve locker
4
Washer
bracket
cover
Cover
Jomt
5
Thermostat
6
Cyl1nder
Cylmder
gasket
7
Cyl1nder
Head
24
head
head
irr
i
i
4I
ifjJ
if
t
N
r
r
K2
1
Flg
P ston and
Draln the
move
Connecting Rod Removal
collIng
essentlal they
To
to
are
ensure
pal
When used
htted
correct
Identlfy
then
Into
the englne and radlator
then disconnect and
the engIne
Take out the
the caps
sldes
water from
the 011 pan from
stramer
draw
2
the
thelr
rehttlng
piston
0
r
1
onglnal posltlons
mark the caps and
connecting
rods
on
the
together
cy ltnder bores
Release the connectmg rod from
and rod
the
nuts and cap nuts from the blg ends and wlth
parts are replaced after dlsmantlIng It IS
The pIston and connecting rods must be withdrawn
the
Draln and
remove
upwards through
upwards through
the crankshaft SIde and
the
cylInder
bore wIth
slowly push
the wooden
bar
Note
the
top of
nng
4
It may be necessary to
the
cylInder
bore with
a
r move
the nng of carbon
hand scraper
breakage
25
to
or
IIp
from
avold nsk of piston
Remove
assembly from the top of the cylmder block
crankpms for ovahty wIth a pan of mIcro meter cahpers
the
Check the
and examIne the
eIther defect WIll necessI
beanng surface for sconng
tate the removal of the crankshaft for
regrmdmg
CONNECTING ROD
Matenal
Length
BIg
Steel
center to center
end
144
forgmg
67
5
mm
m
beanng
Matenal
Thmwall
WIdth
24mm
0
945
m
ThIckness
1
0
059
m
2
1653
DIameter of
bIg
end
housmg
end wIdth
BIg
End
5
55
steel backed white metal
mm
000
mm
28mm
play
o
2
0
0
02
m
11024m
3
0008
mm
0012m
Clearance crank pIn and
beanng
PIston pm
m
bushmg
0
03
mm
0
001
0
8661
m
reamed
22
posItion
mm
m
CRANKSHAFT
Matenal
Steel
DIameter of
Journals
59 94 59 95
crank pm
51
DIa
meter of
End
ply
MaIn
eanng clearance
DeflectIOn
RUN OUT
intermedIate
MAIN
forgmg
96
51
97
mm
2
3598 2
mm
2
0457
3602
046
2
o
05
0
15
mm
0
002
0
006
o
03
0
07
mm
0
001
0
0027
o
03
under
0
0012
m
m
m
m
at
Journal
mm
m
BEARINGS
Matenal
ThInwall
Number of
steel backed
whIte metal
3
beanngs
WIdth
Front and
Center
Beanng
thIckness
rear
28
33
1
I
mm
90 33
83
26
1
84
95
mm
mm
10
m
I
3346
1
3366
m
0
0720
0
0724
m
A
QOO
o
oott toIIo o t
tot t
O
t
tt
tt
0 01l5
t
l
t
U
9ttU
oott
5
ott
UOlS
d
toS
g
c
t
f
The shell beanng are removable by hand
The
beanngs are reqUire
beddIng In It IS beIng only necessary to ensure that the housIngs are
scrupulously clean and dry and to place the beanngs mto pOSIl1on wIth the
no
tangs located
they
are
crankshaft
be
r
o
then
correspondIng slots
Always renew beanngs
m any way
or
damaged
followIng the regnndmg
In
the
latter
surfaces
case undersIze
bearmg
bearmgs
In
scored
reqUired
or
and the kmds of
SIzes
avaIlable
0
are
010
0
020
O
If
of the
wIll
030 and
040 etc
FIg
3
PIS TON
J
Rer
r
ng P stons
Insert each
l
YhGI
IS
t
m was
posItIoned
pIston
taken
It
towards
and Connect g Rods
and connecl1ng rod
IS
as
essenl1al that the
sembly
splIt
In
mto
the
cylInder from
the sknt of the
pIston
the camshaft
Compress the pIston nngs WIth Insertmg pIston uSIng tool FIg 3
gently tap the crown of the pIston WIth the wooden end of a hammer
handle
untIl the pIston IS clear of the pIston nng clamp
and
l
Now
0
r
the p ston down
rod Just protrudes
push
connecl1ng
posll1on upper
Note
w
half
suffICIent and It
In
the
bearIng
Each upper
bearmg
IS
the cylInder block un111 the bIg end of the
through the bottom of the cylInder bore then
shells
lower
bearIng
has the
011 holes
there
by
ensurIng
of the greatest Importance that the
shell regIsters wIth the oil
pas sage
way to
correspondIng 011 hole
provIde an unobstructed
j
i
28
Ie
f
Pull the connectlng rod onto the crankpln takmg care not to lnJure the
Insert the shelllnto the connecting rod cap pOSltion the
beanng surface
cap and the
locklng
washers
torque wrench to 35
45 lbs
set wlth the
Fmally
Insert the setscrews and
ft
4
8
6 2
tighten
wlth
a
kgm
pal
nut
th connectmg rod
Check
end for
blg
7
1000
shell
on
slde
beanngs
the
clearance
and
m
that the
see
are
not
crank pin when
the crankshaft
If
1
t
blndmg
rotating
lS
dlfft
cult to turn
undo the
and
the shell and seat
for
examine
the
end
dlrt
or gnt
Before reassembhng al
ways
the
blg
apply
httle clean 011 to
a
surfaces and lnto
plston
cyhnder
bore
Never ftle
the connecting rod caps
or
mal1ng surfaces
creates
uvahty
ln
the
as
thlS
thelr
beanng
Fig
RemOVing
a
4
P ston
rod and
clamplng bolt from the small end of the connecting
the
out
The gudgeon pln IS a push ftt ln plston at 300 400C
push
gudgeon pln
ensure the
When reassembhng
gadgeon pin lS posltloned ln the connect
rod
so
that
lS
mIme
wlth
the clamp screw hole
Check that
ltS
mg
groove
the spnng washer fttted under the head of the pltch bolt lS not damaged
Remove the
29
PISTON
PIN
Full
Type
floatmg
Snap nngs at
both end of pIn
m
pIston
Pm fIt
to
pIston
pIn hole
Thumb fIt at 30
104
86
DIameter
2199
Length
73
FIt
clearance
connectIng
pm and
22
Omm
mm
TIGHT
rod
40 C
F
0
01
mm
LOOSE 0 018
mm
0
8657
0
2
8740
In
8661
m
TIGHT 0
0004
m
LOOSE 0
0007
m
PISTON RINGS
Type
of nngs
Top
Plane type chrome
rmg
2nd nng Tape red type
all control nng Slot
plated
chrome
type
plated
Rmg
wIdth
CompressIon
1
98
99mm
0
0780
0
0783
m
all control
3
98 3
99mm
0
1565
0
1570
m
CompreSSIon
0
04
0
08mm
0
0016
0
0030
m
011 control
0
03
0
06
mm
0
0012
0
0024
m
RIng
Rmg
clearance
gap
m
In
RIng
groove
bore
CompressIon
all
No
I
0
25
0
40
mm
0
010
0
016
In
No
2
0
15
0
30
mm
0
006
0
012
m
0
15
0
30mm
0
006
0
012
m
4
00
control
tensIon
Comp
No
I
I
No
2
I
esslOn
all control
There should be
PIS TON
t0
8
2
t0
95
2
PISTON AND
The
1
kg
2
2
t0
1
kg
0
441b
4
t0
33
441b
4
t0
67
44
BORES
a
clearance
of 0
0010
0
0016
m
0
025
016
m
0
25
0
040
mm
RINGS
top piston rmg gap should
In the cyhnder bore
when checked
control compre SlOn nngs
m
0 15 0 30 mm
In
be 0
010
0
The clearance
then grooves
30
0
40
mm
of the second and 011
should amount to 0
006
0
012
If the p1ston nngs do not travel to the end of the cyhnder bores a hp
This may be checked w1th a dIal gauge
eventually formed due to wear
and must be removed
If th1S 1S not done there w1ll be a
to nOlcy
1S
operation or
PISton
hp
0
508
mm
1
270
mm
The
fractured nng
a
and nngs
0 030 m
0
m
0
mm
the
010
040
tendency
stnk1ng
top p1ston
0
m
254 mm
l 016
m
nng
0
and 0
mm
the
020
m
050
In
should
be fttted from
of the
crown
762
by
overS1zes
piston nngs
always
ava1lable
re
0
caused
the
and
p1ston
pushed upwards over
Before ftthng
never
the skirt
the nngs
remove
deposIt
carbon
the
1n
grooves
When
any
from
the
piston
flttmg
that
note
the second compress1on 1S
tapered type and 011 control
by
type processed
s10t
IS
nng
chrom1um
plating
F1g
5
Withdrawing Camshaft
The camshaft
shakeproof
the
ness
of
08
0
28
the
cam
rods
mm
and
w1ll have
be to
011
m
controlled
1S
be checked w1th
a
by
can
the thIck
d1al mdlcator set
a
the camshaft the dlstnbutor and 1tS
to be removed
cover
Remove the oIl
and gears
dnvmg spmdle
dnve
pump and 1tS
The eng1ne front mountmg
setscrew
dynamo swmglng hnk must be removedl
when the
setscrews secunng the camshaft locating
The
plat
Take out the
camshaft
can
0
held
access1ble and may be removed by w1thdrawmg the
plate
and lockmg plates
now
003
of the
shaft gear
w1thdraw1ng
and take off the tlmmg
1S
0
by three screws and
smalllubncatlng 011 hole 1n
the nght of the eng1ne
locattng plate
pOiHtlOn
replac1ng should
play
locating plate
Before
shaft
0
a
Note the
of the
ga1nst
push
pOS1t1oned by
when
locating plate
End
1S
washers
be w1thdrawn from the
cyhnder
block
CAMSHAFT BEARINGS
WhIte metal
They
can
when the
The
beanngs
w1th steel
j
hmng
are
be taken out renewed when necessary
cyhnder
beanngs
block
can
1S
used for the camshaft
1t
bemg usual
to do thiS
being recond1tloned
be removed
by dnftng
31
them out of their
housmgs
318 0
1
32 0 30 0 30 0
10
11
t
1 026 1 120
k
C
0
I
B
r
e
nd
II
Cy
4
1
32 0 318 0 151 4 1 414
1
1 121
I
I
wl
9
1
taken to l1ne up the 011 holes
fIthng new beanngs care must be
corresponding holes in the cylmder
When
with the
Tap
the
clearance
new
of 0
bearings into posihon and
001
0
002
m
0
025
0
051
block
ream
them to give
a
runnIng
mm
RefittlOg the Camshaft
ThIs
IS a
reversal of the lntruchons for removal
the
taken however to al1gn and engage the dnve pm In
shaft
camshaft wIth the slot In the 011 pump dnve
Care
rear
should be
end of the
MaIO beari ng caps
1
If
flywheel
Remove the
t
and clutch
Take off the hmlng chaIn
the 011 pan and the engme rear plate
the maIn
caps of the cyl1nder
beanng
the bolts secunng
cham cover at front
the
bolts
hmlng
the
secunng
also
and
remove
When
fIttIng
new
beanngs
no
scrapIng
clearance
to gIve the correct runmng
Handle the
new
of 0
beanngs carefully
fInIsh
33
so
IS
required
001
as
0
0027
not to
of
as
m
cyl1nder
they
0
damage
are
03 0
Unlock
block
block
machined
07
mm
the fIne surface
r
c
ff
Remove all traces of dnt and
jJ r
r
011 from the
dry
c
Make
tr
sure
clear
caps
the
F1g
that the 011 ways
ensure
nght
cam
fitting the beanng
that they are
replaced
way round
Each cap 1S
and the marks should face
shaft s1de of the eng1ne
6
F1g
7
1
c
I1 t
1E
o
i
1
I
L
f
L
d
F1g
34
8
are
When
marked
the
housmgs and throughly
a non
fluffy rag
them w1th
CAUTION
Never hle the
ovahty
Always
placed
Do not
held
In
to take up exceSSlve
beanng caps
cover
beanng surfaces
the
to reht the
forget
set
posltIon by
screws
wlth englne
thrust washer
The
and lock washers
playas
011 when
maln
thlS wlll cause
they
are
re
beanng caps
Pull the
set
screw
are
up
loadmg of 75 80 lbs ft IO 36 I 1 05 kgm
After
When rehttIng the maln beanng caps tighten the center one fust
each
IS tighten rotate the
to
ascertaln
that
It
revolues
crankshaft
freely
cap
If It IS tight remove the last cap tightened
and examlne the beanng and
tight
Its
wlth
torque wrench set to
a
seating
for
matter
forelgn
Check the crankshaft end
be 0
002
If
a
m
O
006
beanng
m
has
crankshaft and block
a
O
05
run
play by
mm
It
O
IS
15
means
of
a
dlal gauge
ThlS
should
mm
essential to clean out all
Wash out the engme sump and the
ollways
In
the
stralner
Ensure that no
The 011 pump should be dismantled and cleaned
cles of beanng
metal are left wlthln the englne lubncatIon system
parti
t
Flg
9
Removlng
a
Maln
Bearing Cap
35
Extractor
Adjustmg
To
handle
Ing
the Brake Points
adjust
the breaker pOlnts
untIl the breaker
screw
Next
feeler gauge of 0
easIly
IS
by turnIng
45 to
0
55
between the breaker
FInally
fully
check the gap
the
mm
he engIne crankshaft WIth the crank
turn
I
open
Then loosen the breaker
adJustIng
0
018 to 0
Then
pOlnts
screw
once more
022
tIghten
move
the
pla
pOlnt
e
thickness
InS
then reInstall
the
fIXIng
fIx
untIl
a
shdes
screw
securely
thr rotor
The In
and extenor of the
IS
clean
WIth
soft
a
cap
WIped
dry pIece of cloth
extra attentIOn beIng paid to the areas between the termInals
Clean the
center electrode on the InSIde of the
also
cap
The vacuum type tImIng advancer IS
can be de
terIor
termIned
engIne
IS
changed
by
functIonIng properly
the dIaphragm If
the engine
speed
the
InspectIon pOlnter located at
run
thIS pOInter moves when
beIng
the advancer
Fig
IS
satIsfactory
10
AdJustIng
36
the POInt
Gap
as
IS
the
suddenly
ADJUSTING
The IgnItIon tImIng
wIth the engIne
automatIc
even
stopped
THE
IS
as
IGNITION TIMING
adjusted
shown
10
to
m
degrees
before top dead
WIth thIS
FIg
center
adjustment
tImIng advancer
of the dIstnbutor advances the
IgnItIon
further at the tIme the engIne starts to rotate and the
the
tImIng
tImmg
speed
maintaIned
IS
constantly at valves sUItable for the rotatIonal
WIth the engIne
stopped adjust so that the dIstnbutor breaker pOInt
when
breaks
the
Just
pIston of the No 1 cylInder IS In ItS 10 degrees be
fore
top dead
the standard
600 rpm
deg
If a tImIng
pOSItIon for compressIon
lamp
IS
12
IgnItIon tImIng
degrees before top dead center
IS
at
used
IdlIng
speed
In the
10
center
case
15
of marks whIch
deg
and 20
deg
are
not
evenly spaced
pOInters IndIcate
pOSItIons before top dead
center
DISTRIBUTOR
Type
D410
IgmtIon tImmg IdlIng
B
01
T D
D415 01
120
C
550 rpm
wIth
lOO
lIght
Adjust tImmg angle by the
tImmg
engme 600 rpm
kmds
of
gasolme
octane value
IgnItIon
tImIng advance
AutomatIc advance
and
vacuum
AutomatIc
AutomatIc
advance
tImIng
advance
and
weIght
by
vacuum
the
centnfugal weIght
control
the
by
centnfugal
control
tImIng
Governor start advance at 00
375
525
rpm
Gover nor start advance at 400 550 rpm
MaxImum advance angle 140 160 at
1800 rpm
Vacuum
advance
Start advance at 90 110
3
4
54
33
m
Hg
MaxImum advance
330
Hg
mm
6
5
angle
8
50
Startadvanceat4 7
MaxImum advance
120 at 126m
9
Flnng
I
order
o
Pomt gap
3
4
45
0
0
45
55
0
5
320
mm
55
mm
500 540 HItachI
l20
SIn
140mm
at crank shaft
angle
I
2
mm
mm
3
4
Hg
2
o
018
0
022
m
o
018
0
022
m
560 610 MItsubIShI
1
Contact
arm
spnng
500
tensIon
Capacity
of condenser
o
650 gram
20 0
24 mfd
37
18
o
6 23
20 0
oz
24 mfd
Hg
fi
j
I
l
v
r
l
7
Fig
Adjustment
made
IS
FlTst
the
by
follOWing procedure
1
I
on
the
descnbed pre
as
gradually unhl the top dead center mark
pulley penfery comcides with the mark for 12
before top dead center
deg
crankshaft
approaches
itS
the
on
timmg
gear
cover as
posihon
to the end of the compression stroke of the No
the No
I
crankshaft
piston
is
can
removed
crankshaft turned
tioned
top
piston
posihon
the hole
With
the No
plugged
with
fmger and the
previOusly men
posihon of 10 deg before
the crankshaft
I
is in
piston
In
its
a
the
dead center of compression
Next
the
positIOn
I
The compressiOn stroke of
be determIned If the spark of the No I
m
this
the
somewhat before that cores
pondmg
Stop the
cylinder
Insertmg
engme
camshaft
the
shaft
dnvmg
engage the gear
Dunng
thiS
on 1
of the distnbutor at
ts lower and
assembly place
dnve of the upper end of the shaft
hme
4
Igmhon Timmg
Turn the crankshaft
Fig
3
the
Checkmg
tw
7
the distnbuter to the correct
gap
adJust
vIOusly
2
i
f
the
AdJustmg
shaft slot
smaller of the
seml
the dlTectlon of the
the
Wi th
ClTcles
rotor
so
is
If these cond
tions
In
ItS
pOSItion
do not comCIde
38
angle
on
to
the
slot of the distnbutor
somewhat to the left
placed
At thiS
toward the front
that It engages the dnve
mount the dlstnbutor to the engIne
the breaker must be
an
the gear
when It
they
are
At the same hme
Just beglning
made to do so
IS
to
by
open
turnmg the dlstnbutor
shghtly
from the
away
across
The off
ItS
set slot
Next
6
put
To the No
posItIon
1
spark plug
arm
of the
to
the
the
tor
to obtaIn
as
the
on
IS
a
pOlnter
untIl
the
4 mch
spark
Jumps
adJusted to
corresponds to 2 deg
I
pIston
IS m
shown here
clamp
It
securely
wIth
the
chp
connect the cord from the termInal to
IS
Thereafter connect the
pOlntIng
spark plugs In the counter clock WIse
1
3 4 2 fInng order
now
cover
start
of the octane
the left
the dlstnbutor wIth
a
rubber
properly
selector
IS
set at ItS
zero
readIng
If the octane number of the fuel be
the
pOlnter IS adJusted to the nght R
Conversely If the octane number IS hIgh
low and the engme knocks
IS
IS
and
of the wlnng
optImum advance angle
pOInter
spark
body
on
rotor
IgmtIon tImIng adJustment
the
Ing used
pOSItIon
The engme should
Ordlnanly
dunng
so
Upon completIon
cap
turn
open
cord about 1
of the dnve shaft when the No
dead center
termInal cords to theIr
7
I
and turn the
head
the hstnbutor cap
whIch the
order
beglnlng
to
the gap
compressIon top
5
cyhnder
To determme the POSl
body only
when the breaker pOInt IS Just
IgmtlOn key hold the end of the No
tIon
One umt of cahbratlOn of the
A
of the dlstnbutor
angle
and to 4
deg
selec
of the crank
shaft angle
When
a
tImmg lamp
IS
dead center wIth the engme
adjustment
IS
runnIng at low
that
In
speed
whIch
In
used
the standard settIng
620
Idhng 600
shght knockIng
a
HIGH
TOP
gear
In any
IS
IS
12
deg
case
heard when
acceleratIon
IS
the
before top
optImum
wIth the car
apphed
sudden
ly
it
39
FUEL
The fuel tank has
a
capac1ty
luggage compartment
the
The fuel pump
and forces
1t
operated
SYSTEM
of 44 l1tres and
au
supply
sltuated at the
rear
A
large and
eff1c1ent
to the carburetor
FUEL SYSTEM
GASOLINE
I
of
off the camshaft draws fuel from the tank
mto the carburetor float chamber
cleaner ftlters the
1S
TANK
44 ltr
Capac1ty
I
F1g
40
12 US
Gal
au
9 1S41S
1
9 151l5 1
1
14522
@l
1
I
2
FIg
S tuated
wIthdraw
on
the
the set
Gasoline Tank
top face of
screws
whIch
the tank
secure
IS
the gauge unIt
or
Remember thIS also
ExamIne the
IS
remove
foregettIng
Care must be taken not to
bend the float lever as thIS may
readIngs
ThIS
To
the unIt to the tank not
to dIsconnect the electncal lead beforehand
straIn
Mounting
essential
JOInt
as
applies
washer to
the
JOInt
ensure
senously effect subsequent gauge
refIttIng the umt
that It IS In pOSItion and undamage
when
between the tank and gauge unIt must bp fuel
tight
REPAIRS OF GASOLINE TANK
TROUBLES
When Fuel Leaks from Gasoline Tank
A
When
replace
It
a
crack
dIstortion
To make repaIrs
after
the fuel
through
In
Leakage
put
IS
only when
ordlnanly
the above
wIll be
damage
IS
found
In
marks wIth chalk at the
the tank has been draIned out
the tank to force out
should be done
sary
or
the tank
repaIr
o
t
danger
leakIng pOInts
blow WIth
compressed
stagnant gasoline vapor completely
the tank
completely dry
mended by soldenng
When
precaution must be stnctly observed
of
and
even
aIr
Repairs
IS
weldJ ng
IS neces
OtherwIse
there
expoSItion
w
41
When gasoline Fails
B
If the fuel falls to reach the
left
fac
In
the
gasolIne
check the
tory
tank and the
When It
IS
Reach Gasoline Strainer
to
straIner when there
gasolIne
operatIon
of fuel pump
IS
IS
fuel
some
known to be satIs
followIng pOInts
dIffIcult to confum the
of fuel at the straIner
dehvery
loosen the connector at the fuel Intake of the carburetor
I
be
can
Check to see If gasolme pIpe IS clogged WIth dust and dut
easIly checked by dlsconnectmg the connector of the pIpe and
Ing WIth
compressed
toward the duectIon of the tank
au
Then from
tank end blow the pIpe agam and clean the
pIpe
In many cases the tIp of gasohne Intake pIpe of tank unIt
wIth
This
blow
IS
the
clogged
dust and water
Therefore
together
should be cleaned
Check to
see
by
wIth
cleamng
of the pIpe
removmg the dram
If the
gasolIne pIpe of
plug
the Intenor of the tank
at the bottom of the tank
the tank umt
IS so
bent as to fall
to reach the fuel surface
The
standard posItIon of the bottom end of the pIpe IS about 3 4 m
apart from the bottom u order to prevent ItS suckIng up sed ments on the
tank bottom
If not normal
and
adjust
Check to
see
the fIller cap
and dut
not
G
remove
tank unIt
the bend of the pIpe
If the vent hole of
clogged wIth dust
Supply ng au to the
IS
tank
Accordmg
uum
to the
degree
WIthIn the tank
be drawn
up
even
by
of
vac
fuel cannot
the operatIon
of fuel
pump
So be sure to clean the air vent
of the cap
If you should lose the cap and
substItute a wooden plug for It a
measure
nessed
whIch
IS
tank becomes the
It
FIg
3
Wlnng
of Fuel
Gauge
1
Umt gauge
4
IgmtlOn
2
Fuse
5
Ammeter
3
Fuel gauge
6
Battery
SWItch
42
same
as
sealed up
Always
the standard cap
were
only
sometImes WIt
the cond tIon InsIde
of the
though
use
and Repa
Operahon
As
shown
In
Gauge
the fuel gauge conslsts of the dash unlt and tank
3
Flg
of Fuel
rs
unlt
The dash unlt
that
each
cross
movement of
WhlCh
other at
keeper
a
On the tank unlt
Installed
IS
with
plece
a
hand
shdes
contact
3
If the Ignlbon sWltch
arm
lndlcator
reslstance
a
over
a
has two cOlIs
panel
magnebc forces control the
whose
right angles
Hon
the mstrument
on
response to
In
the float level
As
shown
In
Flg
empty
elecbc current w1ll flow from the
cOlI A
and then through the contact
COlI A
IS
As
the float
reslstance
As
IS
ralsed and the contact
the Clrcult and thus
In
then flows
same
IS
the ammeter Into
ground
the
lron
and the Indlcator
plece
th
S
hme
dlrecbon
the
are
so
arm
arm
and cOlI B
wound
and
to have theH
as
Increases
through
to the
finally
COlI A
ground
magnehc poles
m
the dlrechon where the
plece wlll rotate to
can be balanced
lron
tank unlt
moves
wlth the
of the two cOlIs
nchcator
deflect
the dHectlOn of F
1ll
That
IS
th
S IS
F rrpty level and F
a gauge of electric
Full level
When
someth1ng
IS
wlth the
wrong
connect the WlrIng at the unlt and
unground
reslstance control
E
type
slgmfIes
Gauge and their Remedies
Troubles with Fuel
and
when the tank
the current whlch traveled
both contact
both A and B COlIs
magnetlc power
Ing
on
battery through
to
attracts the
magnebzed
turned
to E
pOlnts
the
then
arm
IS
of the fuel gauge
readlngs
on
turnlng
the
fHst chs
Ignlhon sW1tch ground
body of the car
sa1d wHmg to the
the termlnal end of the
the
If the lndlcator of the dash umt sWlngs achvely between E and F
IS In
the
termlnal
end
conchtlOn
between
the
dash
unlt
and
sald
good
WlrIng
wlth the defect
eX1shng
elther
m
tank unlt 1tself
or
In
poor
ground
of th
S
un1t
In the test menhoned
1n
the
preceedlng
1f the Indlcator d
sechon
4
e
not sW1ng but 1t moves moves to E when the dash umt end of the wHmg
the wHmg between the dash un1t and tank
from the tank umt IS grounded
umt
1S
defechve
Therefore reWlrIng
If
or
repa1rIng
when Indlcator falls to sW1ng but
WlrIng connechng the
battery
and the trouble
If
spark1ng
out of order
does
1S
1n
grounded
IS
on
It proves
observed when the
the dash umt
the wHmg
IS
IS
dlscon
sahsfac
the dash umt Itself
not occur
should be
requ1red
sparklng
w1th the termlnal
nected at the dash unlt end and
tory
IS
repalred
the w1rmg
or
whlch
replaced
43
IS
thus Indlcated to be
I
Incorrect
readmgs
of the 1nd1cator
of the float of the tank un1t
In this
case
adJust
the
Trouble w1th the umt
by
a
new
In
1S 1n
means
that
the
height
error
he1ght
are
probably
of the float
d1fficult to
by bendmg
repair
so
1t
the rod
should be
replaced
un1t
check1ng the tank un1t be
battery and the umt
sure
between the
o
l
44
to 1nsert
a
fuel gauge
1n
the
CirCUl
FUEL SYSTEM
SpecIfIcahon of carburetor
used for G
type engIne
Pnmary
Bore dIa
MaIn
Jet
Mam
au
Power
21
mm
Slow
8
32
8
bleed
8
8
170
60
60
Jet
au
27
100
40
Slow Jet
Slow
Secondary
30
mm
Ventun dla
D3032A
48
80
bleed
FIrst
140
Second
140
150
160
economIzer
I
Inlet dIa
mm
Inner dIa
75
Oute r dIa
80
Used for H type engIne
D3234A
IA
Pnmary
Bore dIa
Mam
Jet
MaIn
au
32
mm
Ventun dIa
Secondary
24 8
mm
34
8
30
110
bleed
60
Power
16 8
180
60
70
Jet
Slow Jet
58
80
Slow aIr bleed
Slow
Fast
160
Second
150
Inlet dIa
mm
100
180
economIzer
Inne r dIa
Oute
r
dIa
45
75
80
IA
ConstructIon and FunctIon
CARBURETOR
1S
adopted dla
type carburetor w1th new mechanism
accordlngly h1gh power
gragm type operated by negative pressure
A dual
can
be obta1ned w1th suchon res1Stance
to get
Acceleratlng system 1S separated from power system
of accelerating pump
sImultaneously
more sufflC1ent operatlon
res
15 automatically operation by negative pressure
power system
the economIcal fuel consumphon
to
te engme load 50 that
tJ
pondmg
located
a
valve
The needle
hIgh speed or accelerahng
for
rel1able
the
operahon
but
honzontally
vertically
WIll be obtained
In
Float Chamber
Needle valve
over
accordmgly
b
Choke
vertically as mentioned above
caused by parhal wearmg w1ll be prevented
located
IS
flow
System
Sem1 automatlc
eccentnc choke valve 1S
adopted
for
only
combmed w1th the throttle valve accord1ngly
mary barrel and
1S httle
of
case
fully closmg of choke valve the throttle valve
for the easy
c
15
Slow
pn
1n
opened
starting
System
Slow system
1S
almost
same
w1th former one
Ie
after pass1ng
the ma1n Jet
proper fuel w1ll be ready by slow Jet and
and
WIth mlJC1ng the au commg from 1st slow au bleed
through
vaponzed
lnd Jet wh1ch 1S so called
then th1s mIXed fuel w111 be re mIXed w1th the
slow economIzer
suffICIent vapour
au taken m by lnd slow au bleed thus the more
the above mIXture
WIll be gaIn and
d
MaIn
The
1S
properly ready by
1nJected
mto slow
port
System
used
Xture
ml
In
normal cond1t1on
from prImary barrel thus system
the fuel w1ll be
of dual barrel Ie
1S
ma1nly prov1ded
Just same w1th former type
properly prepared by mam Jet
1S
and mIXed WIth
a1r
com1ng from
ma1n
46
a1r
bleed
Th1s
vaponzable
mlxture
mor
to be led lt mto the
perfectly vaponzed
meter of
by negatlve pressure and
But dla
cyhnder
nhaled lnto double ventun
lS
dlffered from former
lS
Jet
one
to be matched wlth per
formance of englne
Acceleratmg System
e
adoptlon of separate type of acceleratlng system and
reasonable acceleratlng
power valve system lnstead of unlt type
system wlll be glven
The dumper sprlng lS set ln the acceleratlng pump plston WhlCh
Due to
of
plston reaches to lower end
when
rod
lS pushed by pump arm dumper sprmg lS
pump
cyhnder
of throttle
pressed then pump plston wlll operate up to fully opemng
0 6 mmp hole lS provlded at the top of acceleratlng nozzle
valve
lS
In case that the
double unlt type
the pump
arm
have
three holes to be
get
correct amount of
gasohne
by englne condltlon le the connectlng rod
be
to
lnslde hole ln wlnter and to outslde hole in
should
lnserted
alr
mlxture caused
sUInmer
f
Barrel
Secondary
Changmg
to
Secondary
The throttle valve of
most
opened by
pressure of ventun
dla
At the
lS
narrow
prlmary
lS
wlll be
operated by negatlve
part of venturl placed ln lower slde of both carburetor
1 3 mmp ntake hole of negatlve pres sure
secondary
wluch
phragm
Slde
secondary barrel
prepared
and from WhlCh the passage of
negatlve
pressure
lS
led
to outslde of
dlaphragm
dlaphragm lS made from rubber be ng added oll proof
end of the rod lS connected
nylon and flXed to dlaphragm rod other
of
barrel
to throttle valve
secondary
On the secondary barrel throttle shaft lS eccentncally flxed
t
J
P
The
agamst
the bore
negatlve
entlrely
so
that the throttle valve
occurs
wlll be tend to close
when
beneath the valve then the throttle valve 1
pressure
closed and results
no
operatlon
After opemng the throttle valve
lS
lncreased
ly lncreased but no
negatlve pressure at
the
au
negatlve
on
l
prlmary barrel and au
accordlng
secondary barrells made and
the port of secondary barrells not down
Both negatlve pressure
pnmaryand secondary should be
of
to
the
dlaphragm accordmgly the negatlve pressure
operated
suctlon
tr
Y
pressure of venturllS
ventllatlon to
of
ventun at pnmary barrells not lncreased untll throttle valve
47
i
secondary
barrel1s
pressure port w1ll operate
d1aphragm Jr1ll
not
operatlon of
out to
because the
operated
I
as
a1r
barrel negahve
secondary
On the other hand the
bleed
operate unless regular pressure
w1ll be glven
negatlve pressure slde
the pnmary slde 1S largely
spnng at
The throttle valve
on
opened
and
pressure to be effected
the tenslOn of sprmg and the
Accord1ngly negahve
supphed
d1aphragm w1ll attam beyond
and 1t results that the
power agamst openmg the throttle valve
then the throttle valve 15 open
1S
to
outs1de
d1aphragm
pulled
the au bleed
When the au flow 1n the secondary barrel
more
au 1S
to the
of ventur1 tend downward
eff1c1ency at the port 1n most narrow part
then the he1gher pegat1ve pressure to the maphragm 15 glven
accordmgly the d aphragm 1S more pulled to outs1de and secondary
throttle valye 1S largely opened
fmally opened perfectly
of
have no res1stance up to 50
barrel
pnmary
Generally
valve open1ng angle and nO neces Slty operate secondary barrel 50
that the
secondary
throttle valve w1ll not open due to cam mechan1sm
Th1s cam mechan1sm
p1n fIxed to throttle valve
1S
expla1ned
shaft
that the throttle valve
secondary
1n
barrel w1ll be
arm
prevented
mstalled at pnmary throttle valve arm untll 50 openmg of
so that the
secondary throttle
pnmary throttle valve 1S obta1ned
by
cam
valve
cannot open
The pnmary throttle valve
throttle valve w111 become free
15
more
by puthng
opened
cam
then
secondary
off from the p1n
accord1ngly secondary throttle valve w1ll operate freely by d1aphragm
and fully opemng of pnmary throttle valve w1ll result fully openmg
of secondary throttle valve
se
In th1S cond1tlon
clos1ng the pnmary throttle valve the
condary throttle valve 1S closed by the operatlOn of
t then negatlVe
carr
15 1ncreased and
throttle
valve 15
1n
mamfold
pressure
secondary
of eng1ne w1ll smoothly reduced
therefore
rotat10n
closed
enhrely
r
Secondary
g
There
1S
a
Fuel
head between the
therefore to spout
the fuel from
top
of
nozzle and float chamber
nozzie secondary throttle
the ma1n
To adJust th1S d1screpancy of gasohne
remarkably opened
m1xture a step port 15 ready at the top of secondary throttle
valve
alT
System
1S
valve
Th1S
wh1ch
1S
k1nd of step
uhhzed such
type carburetor have
1S
port
as
no
was
prepared
choke valve and
aWClhary
valve
necessary
48
1n
former
ma1n
so
type carburetor
nozzle
but th1S
new
that the un1que step port
The fuel
In
alter passIng the
thIs step system
secondary
mam
wIth au from the
vaponzed
step
separated from maIn system
Jet properly ready at step Jet
IS
au
and reaches to the
bleed
step
port
The
sIde
maIn
and maIn
to say that
system IS almost
Jet IS prepared on
case of
In
wIth the
same
of pnmary
system
the wall of float chamber
It
IS
utlhzed so
pnmary SIde system
In
sharp turn
operatlon or bad effect by lnchnatlon
that the severe
hIgh speed
IS
Ing are out of conslderatlon
D1ameter of bore
and venturI
to take
enlarged
In
of au because of power barrel
plenty
h
Power
System
The power valve
push spIndle
IS In
When the
pressure attaIns
negatlve
mercury thermometer
tensIon of
pIston
Just on
negatlve
IS
the
the power valve
pressure
In
manIfold
the throttle valve
led from
IS
the center of float chamber and the
connected wIth pIston
At the upper sIde of
sIde
rather
are
pIston
push spIndle
the
spnng located between
than 110
more
mm
of
by pIston beyond the
push spIndle and au horn
IS
hfted
the valve
power valve IS luted up by valve sprmg and
seat
then
fuel
IS
cut
off
contact wIth valve
path
accordmgly
comes
m
down to
When the
boost valve IS
negahve pressure IS
pressed by push spmdIe
exceedIng
sprIng tenSIOn
valve seat
IS
IS
passed
mm
a
head of
operated
from
between valve and
sIde wall of
Jet placed at
maIn system
at power
valve and meet wIth fuel1n pnmary
Idle Ad
whIch
then the fuel
properly ready
110
ustment
adJustInent is carrIed out WIth the throttle adJust screw and
the Idle adJust screw
The throttle adJust screw adJusts the slow
Screw In to Increase speed or turn out to reduce
running speed
The idle adJust screw adJusts the densIty of air fuel mIxture
speed
Idle
Screw
In
the Idle
tIOn
for lean mIxture and
adJustInent
IS
screw
out for rIch mIxture
to be done WIth these two screws
Too much screw
of It and cause chsorder
In
of Idle
adJust
screw
Idle runnIng
that
the screw
In
In
engIne however screw
when It is necessary to check whether
or
wIll
If there
IS
not
a
In
Therefore
correla
damage
IS
no
the pOInt
effect
on
the
normal condltlon
not the slow aIr bleed IS
clogged the slow Jet slackens or the fuel level IS abnormally hIgh
Do the Idle adJustInent after the engme warmed up
AdJust the Idle
runmng to 600
r
p
m
49
t
Adjustment
On the
marked
Level
of Fuel
transparent
LEVEL
cover
Carburetor
In
of the float chamber drawn
IS
a
whIch stands for the standard fuel level
line
The fuel
level should agree wIth thIs l1ne
The fuel level IS adjusted WIth the
That IS remove the float needle valve carner from
adJust shIms
outsIde and
Increase or decrease
adjust the shIms at the root of It
of two shIms makes the fuel level up or down about 0 39 mch 1
m
When the fuel level IS wrong
denSIty of the mIxture gas will become
Improper and the engIne WIll get In d1sorder
FUEL STRAINER AND FUEL PUMP
Remove
Newly designed unlbzmg WIth the stramer
by slackemng the nut on the top to clean the Interior
dram cock to el1mmate deposits at the bottom
bowl
the
the
glass
Remove
Fuel pwnp
Type
DIaphragm
Method dnven
Dnven
by camshaft
Performance
Out
Max
Mm
put
out let pressure
The fuel pwnp
o
whIch
the
dIaphragm type
nIcally dnven by the
IS
part of the camshaft
of the
3
IS
1
5
per mmute at carn I 000
kg cm2
of
mecha
eccentnc
engIne
It draws
gasol1ne
tank and del1vers
sure
from the
It under pres
to the carburetor
Fuel pwnp
fuel
straIner ass y
50
4
3 Ib
m2
r
p
m
l
The fuel pump
by
Wh1Ch
the eccentnc
It draws
part
gasohne
1S
of the
d1aphrgm type
1S
mechamcally
dnven
of the camshaft of the eng1ne
from the tank and dehvers 1t under
pressure to the
carburetor
Even when the eng1ne
sure
by
By
phragm
the
1S
By
not runn1ng
rotahon of camshaft
pulled
1S
pushed
can
be dehvered under
pres
up and down
rocker
up aga1n
arm 1S
pushed
and
the movements
gasohne
1S
drawn up from
If the float chamber of the carburetor conta1ns enough
the
closed
1S
gasohne
diaphragm
Under
of d1a
the
carburetor
needle valve
Thus
pull rod
d1aphragm goes down aga1nst d1aphragm spnng and
by 1tS spnng
of the d1aphragm
of the valves at
functlOn1ng
andi
the 1nlet and outlet of the pump chamber
tank to the
fuel
down
At the same hme
then
1S
movmg the hand pnmer
1S
1S
kept
gasohne
stored
1n
1S
and the
the pump chamber and due to 1tS
pressure
down and cannot
th1S cond1 hon
gasohne
not allowed 1nto the carburetor
return
the rocker arm works
1n va1n
as
the rod
remains
low
The rocker
pushed
arm
spnng
serves
to
prevent
aga1nst the eccentnc of the camshaft
51
n01se
keep1ng
the rocker
arm
bowl
Class
2
2200
IMI1 UZOQ
I
18401
1SOSO
11410 36200
eller
llter
l
Iemer
11403 32200
m
@
17
01300
17103
7QT2 32200
1
gm SPrt g
17052 3UOO
D1aphr
iiI
11015
52100
17075
50000
r
g
@
lOtapt
regm
17053 32200
lt
Rock
rm
r
spring
Jr
@
11
OIS moo
s
J
001
17011
FIg
D
sassembling
Components
3
of fuel pump
Inspection
wIth fuel
pump Installed on engme
DIsconnect the fuel pIpe at the mlet
stop the engme
of the carburetor and then turn the engIne WIth the crank handle
Checkmg
SWItch off and
unIon
Now the
once
gasolIne
should be
every two rotations
ejected vIgorously
To tes t the functIOn of the pump alone
and
checkIng
the fuel
eJection
Removal from
engIne
Fuel pump
be
unIons and
can
loosemng
from the tip of the pIpe
of the crankshaft
easIly
IS
operation of the hand pnmer
enough
removed
by dIsconnecting
the 2 attachment nuts
52
the Inlet and outlet
I
InspectIon prIor to dlsassembhng
Pnor to dlsassembhng of the removed pump
between the
and
see
rocker arm and
If the rocker
Method of
flange
of the lower
rocker hnk and pI
arm
body by
s
the dIstance
measure
of
means
a
scale
are worn
dlsassembhng
FIrst wIpe dIrt off the outer surface of the pump and put marks
the upper and lower bodIes
to make theIr reassemblIng easy
It
body
Into two when the
easIly separated
IS
care
Checking
not to
damage
Replace
Replace
the
parts
well
a
are
IS
00 I
of
tIp
on
a
or
or
valve
IS
recondItIon It WIth
body
the surface of
repaIrs of warp
found
a
Irregular
flat
IS
faulty
pIece of
place
a
cutter and
WhICh
can
gnndlng tool
gnndlng
very hne
sOn e
glass plate
remove
hne OIlstone
a
the seat surface of the Inlet valve
Irregulanty fo
and
gnnd
It
lIghtly WIth
hnger
The hole of the
some
them
In
When the surface of the valve
compound
Inspect
the hmlt for
requIred
unavold
lble
0
not be taken off from the
of
then
gasolIne
In
seat of the outlet and dress the surface WIth
case
dIsassembly
dIaphragm If any damage ImpregnatlOn by gasohne
valve assembly If any wear or faulty operatlOns IS detected
When the surface of the valve seat
the valve
thIS
dIaphragm dunng
the
Even If repaIrs
wear of the valve
the
around the upper
screws
of Parts
Reparres
Wash the dIsassembled
In
both
loosened
are
Take great
or
SIX
on
breakage
IS
of
JOInt parts
ThIs
extent
IS
found
not
the
dIaphragm
part
shaft and lInk may be
but when
senous
must
senous
eccentnc
worn
wear
to
crack
be
replaced
be compensated for at the tIme
of dIsmantlIng and reassemblIng of the body
by msertIng a packIng made of
thIck paper between the lower body and dIaphragm to raIse the relatlve POSI
tIon of dIaphragm shaft WIth repsect to the lower body
The rocker arm should be replace when ItS contact face WIth the cam and
As
a
remedIal
such
measure
that WIth the lInk and ItS pIn hole
are
senously
When ItS
the
rocker
not last
reemployment by recondltIonmg
arm and hnk
by weldIng and fmlsh
long
and
Renew the
arm
pIn when It
If
chamber
nly
IS
arm
of the
worn
unavoIdable
them WIth
and
a
hIe
add matenal to
but thIS
can
measure
temporary
found
excessIvely
spnng seldon become
faulty
In
but when weak
overflow of the float
l
carburetor
The tenSIon of the spnng must not be
by hand
Check to
body
a
r
worn
IS
dIaphragm spnng
replace them always With standard ones
the dIaphragm spnng IS too strong
It
r sults
The
ened
than
IS no more
I
wear can
see
If there
after dlsas
IS
any warp
emblmg
IS over
on
strengthened
the
JOlnt
renew
53
the
or
weakened arbltra
surfaces of the cap and
gasket
to
keep
ItS
aIrtIghtness
I
Reassembling
Installing
standard spnngs for the
Employ
Install valves
In screwmg
ahgn
where
stated before
as
f1t them to
d1sassembhng
put
and then
at the
screw 1n
down w1th the rocker
pos1tion
fully pulled
pushed to
wards the slde of the body
by and pressure
Do not screw 1n hght one
Instead
Py one Slnce 1t causes warp1ng
all
the
screws round loosely
and
clamp
umformly
Then hghten them d1agona lly and lastly rehghten all of them m order
to make
As
d1aphragm
seats
respechve
of upper and lower bod1es and
d1aphragm
to the marks wh1ch were
before the
screw1ng hole to 1tS mate
one
the
preC1sely
uses
contact w1th the1r
1n
gether accord1ng
and
vanous
for close
1S
arm
sure
a
rule
general
Installahon
the eng1ne
on
should be
gaskets
1S
done
replaced by
the
1n
new
ones
order to that for d1S
reverse
assembly
Be
to set the rocker
sure
properly not the
the cyhnder block
camshaft
between
Fund
Checkmg
When
a
mounted
camshaft
Vdcuum
on a
Mm
should be 0
1f
even
22
1S
Lper
a
pump
strong
1n
Vthe mlet
o
5
m
A
on
pump
IS
port
It
th
tester
port
arm
1S
It
any
4
port
1f
3 to
as
50
mm
test
the
1n
w1th
finger hps
suddenly release
follow1ng
Then
the
there
fit for
up
air
1S
way
after ope
fmgers
can
The
be heard
when
test 1tS funchons
the mlet
post
to the outlet
dunng
only
slde
and turn the eng1ne 6
port
gasohne pipe
or
more
by connechng a hose to
gasohne from a he1ght of more than
use
port
to
1S
gasohne from
each connechon
54
operahqll
Leave that
7 rotahons
sure
Side and
Then turn the eng1ne again several hmes to
of
of the
respechvely
the pump
It
the
on
the eccentnc
by
5 seconds thence
p1pe on
gasohn
Side
Connect the
leakage
1nstalled
Then the gauge
pressure
Hg Max vacuum and
of the crank handle and make sure that there
hne from the outlet
B
1S
act1vated
means
plpmg Jomts
gasket
one
t
able to draw
mstalhng
port
the
Replace
cond1hon should rema1n for
S
severalhmes
mechamcally
IS
the eccentnc of
standard
before
not ava1lable
and outlet
Connect the
the outlet
or
I 000 rpm
m2
good cond1hons
After
contachng
slde
a new
arm 1S
d1sconhnued
3
mlet and outlet n01se
The
r
1S
one
connected to the pump 1nlet port and the pump
150 lb
or
gauge
the rocker
1S
to
r
Clost the mlet
rahng
over
m1nute at
than 3 seconds
When
1S
the rocker
kg cm2
operahon
1S
gauge
2
or
on
tester
1
slde
and pump w1th
When repairs of the pump
make a check to see
eng1ne
IS
that 1t
arm so
rear
by
outflow
of gaso
hghten
all the
see
1f there
1S
ADJUSTMENT AND INSPECTION
OF ENGINE
The engIne must
and for thIS
always
penodlc
purpose
taIned
In
Order of
I
2
InspectIon
Check
the
the
Inspect
fIc
coohng
operated
In
the best
possIble condItIon
InspectIon and adjustment must be
order whIle
certain
a
be
In USe as
well as after
and Ad ustmet of
water
maIn
overhaul
Engine
water level and extent of fIlthmes
battery all connectIons
electrolyte and voltage
level of
electrolyte
s
specI
of
gravlty
3
Inspect
the 011
4
Cleamng
5
Measurement of compres
of
f lth
amount
spark plugs
and
ness
clasSIfIcatIon and VISCOSity
adJustment
of theIr
gaps
pressure of cyltnders
The standard compressIon
SIon
pressure of the engIne IS
172 Ibs per sq
approx
12
m
r
p
0
cm2
kg
at 350
m
Measurement of pressure
made In the followlng
IS
manner
FIrst
see
warm
I
FIg
up the engIne
of
temperature
coohng
70 BOoC
then re
water
move
pull
all
all
out
the way
that
carburetor
valve
and
spark plungs
the throttle knob
the
IS m
the throttle
and choke valve
fully opened
press
FIg 1
Measunng CompreSSIOn Pressure
by Means of a CompreSSIOn Gauge
are
a
com
pressIon gauge agamst each
spark plug
hole
and
run
read the maXI
mng the starter motor wIth a fully charged battery
5 8 rotatlons of the motor ThIS meas
mum pressure obtamed wIthIn
urement must be made
as
qmckly
as
possIble
It the compresslOn pressure of anyone cylmder d ffers by 10 Ib
or more from that of another
In
the cause must be InvestIgated
6
Check and
adjust
sq
the d strIbutor
If the breaker contact pOInts have defectlve contact surfaces
them abd
adJust the gap to 0 45 0 55 mm
55
dress
Also turn the
7
1dJust
can
carry out
checked
1f
funchon
rectly
the funchon of the
governor can
lllummatlOn
of crank
19n1hon hmmg
power hmmg light
a
w1th the
together
w1ll enable
pulley
advanc1ng
see
co
19mhon hmmg
By uhliz1ng
be
of the d1stnbutor clockwise and check to
cam
the governor
the condlhons of runnmg and
lnspect
to
advanClng
of the hmmg
B
T D
C
8
Inspechon
9
AdJust
10
12
550 rpm
of fuel pump and
the slow
gasoline
settmg of carburetor
Checkmg operahon
of
generator
Check the generahng cond1hon and
by
stra1ner
funchomng
of the cutout relay
of 1nd1cahons of the ammeter
means
11
AdJus tment
of slack
12
AdJustment
of valve
m
fan belt
Engine by
D agnoslng of
clearance
tappet
means
of Vacuum
Gauge
and Combustion Tester
d1agnos1ng the eng1ne the cond1
cylinder can be assumed by
In
hon of each
measur1ng 1tS
compress1on
employment
For
of
a
connect 1t to the engine
and refer to
as
show1ng
When
1nstall
tube
the tester
ond1hon
pick
means
connechng
m
the
of
a
gas which
hose mto
and
When measurement
aH
1n
ra1nyor cold weather
condenser
up and the meter
mOlsture
damage
meter 1f
used
1S
up
the combustlOn
the
aux1hary
exceSS1ve
w1l1
p ck
analyze by
be made
use an
conven1ent
Judge the combushon
accord1ng to the m1xture raho
of fuel and
to
1S
and after the engme has
spec1al gauge
flOWb through
15
Fig
combushon tester
a
been started
c
master motor tester
a
spec1al1ntake
a
exhaust
1n
gauge
2
Fig
The use of
vacuum
ntake man1fold
the
In
between the
otherw1se
the
the exhaust gas
functlOnmg
perm1tted to enter
of the
F1g
2
Motor Master Tester Avallable
for 4
6 and 8
1t
Cyhnder Engme
56
When
gollowmg
tester
a
IS
to be used
make
Condl tions
SUltable
WIthout load
Low
2
r
000
Ratio
i2
70
m
p
r
p
IS
5
85
m
Trouble
3
WeIght
of MIxture
HIgh Speed Runnmg
FIg
to the
Speed Runnmg
600
Engine
adJustments accordIng
table
2
Shooting
Intended to be of assIstance
In
the
systematic analysIs
and Isolation of symptoms of engIne troubles so that the defective
may be accurately traced and economically repaIred
1
4
Normal condItIOn
3
When above
Settles between 18
20
ID
eXIsts
to 0
2
condItIOn
Indicator wIll swmg
If engme
10
IS
raced
5
Normal condItIOn
When Indicator sometimes
When IndIcator fluctuates
between a range of 0
3S
pOInts
engine
and
valves
18
raced
are
m
25
drops by 4
m
stIcking
m
or so
I
vaive
eXists
rIngs
good
conditiOns
3
Even
6
When
If IDdlcator settles
d readmg IS low rings or
011 are ID faulty condItIOn
IDdlcat
pr
sevual Inches
time
57
valves
drops by
at
are
certain
burnt
7
12
When Ind cator drops by
valves leak
about 2 In
Faulty stating of valvea
Wben md cator
moves
slowly between
14
lt
IS
16
m
because eIther elect
rode gaps of plugs are too
narrow Or breaker
pomt
IS
defecbve
8
13
mdleator osell1ates
When
achvely
18
14
between
valve stem g1ude
In
worn
When mdlcator
and
5
In
IS
leakage
out
or
POIDts
to
there
is
below
or
at
IDtake manlfold
gasket of
carburetor
Faulty c1arnpIDg
of
gas
ket
9
14
When wIth
mg
up
between
with
a
slight speed
mdlcator
10
mcrease
22
When
m
of speed
mdlcator
osc
regularly between
5
and
there
at
the
der head
moves
IS
leakage
gasket
ctarnpIDg of gasket
becomes
range
larger
valve sprIDgs are weak
10
llates
19
m
cylin
Faulty
15
When md cator remaIDs
still between 8 15 m
t
because elther valve
bmmg IS retarded or valve
clearances are not correct
IS
When mdleator first
Tlses
high drops down
zero
to
and then returns to 16
muffler
IS
m
clogged
11
16
When IndIcator settles bet
ween
tlmmg
14
IS
17
m
When mdleator
IgnitIon
moves
slowly between
retarded
carburetor
IS
13
Justed
F g
3
Diagnos
ng eng
ne
58
by
means
of
a vacuum
17
m
poorly ad
gauge
Battery
Plug
rk
s
Plug sparking
Wiring
ijS
COnnecl1011S poor
dJUsted
Air being sucked
j
to
or
ldlfgseicli
jY
poo
TIming
In
weak
IDcorrect
lD
Plugs dIrty
l
Sparking at terminals
1
Tlmmg
8v
o
Cl
Plugs do
not spark
lil
cIJ
C
i
Sh ort
Incorrect
In
Nospark
Ing at ter
L
condenser defeehve
or
Contact pomt dIrty
Breaker
defectIve
mlnals
CIrcUIt
cOil
IgDll10n
E
Cl
i
t
POint contact poor
Breaker
Insulal10n defeCl1ve
arm
JJo shortedlD tank
ijoVgasollne
St
er defective
l
PIpe
No
gasoline
In
carburetor
clogged
f
Float valve sheklng
No
aIr
can
enter tank
Fuel Wmp not operating
No gasoline
0
I
trouble
tl
Com pres
S10n
J
1W
f
good
or
Float
m
hIgh pOSItIOn wIll
Carburetor
9
attachment not
P ston rmg
0
is
E
ompresslon poor
Piston
or
or
not
deseend
secure
valve sticky
connecting rod broken
Valve seatmg poor
Breaker
o
In
clogged
pIpe
Float suuk
Carburetor
defectIve
Plugs
spark
i
hne supply stopped
gas
Alr hemg Bucked
Jet
o
Cl
or
Engine seIZed
Garburetor
arm
spring defective
contact pOlDt poor
No spark
Ing from
co 1 line
Rotor shorted
Breaker
arm
good
IgDll10n cOIl
or
condenser defeetlve
Dlstrlbutor wet
Cap msutal10n defechve
Cord shorted or cbnnectlOn poor
SparkIng
form
Wmng shorted
COIl hne
C PIugs
d I rt y
or
or
j
Flg
4
A
Trouble shooting
i
tt
59
cut
broken
chart
weak
Compresslon
I
Valve clearance Incorrect
Valve spring weak
Valve deformed
Muffler clogged
Contmuous
lack of power
V alve
hmlng Incorrect
Igmhon retarded
too
much
Carburetor adjustment poor
Power
Gasoline supplied Insulliclently
weak
Carbon deposits
excessive
Gasoline of poor grade
I
EngIne operatIon
carburetor
I
IntermIttent
lack of power
Valves
Pre IgnitIOn
defectIve during
runnmg
defectIve
sticking
Engine gIves off abnormal
Overheating
nOIse
Bearing
I
Sparking
Irregular
worn
Plugs dIrty
i
Breaker pOint defectIve
Intermlttent shortIng
M xture too
MIsfiring
rich
InsufficIent gasoline supply to carburetor
Sparking normal
Water
In
gasoline
Nozzle clogged
F g
4
B
Trouble Bhoot ng chart
60
REMOVING
REFITTING
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
Operations
The
wIth the Engme Removed
following operations
from the
Although
lt
may be found
remove
the
as
a
best
posslble
more
slngle
the englne
drain the
Completely
remove
lS
has shown that lt
Expenence
and
lt
posItion
ln
transmlSSlon
To
are
wlth the enpne removed
performed
car
the englne
and
OF
unlt
to carry out certaln attentions wlth
convenlent
much
lS
cooling system
ltS
to
upwards
the bench
on
remove
than to detach the englne
and transmlSSlon
battery and
to do the work
eaSler
the englne
by
ltself
proceed
as
and the transmlSSlon
supporl1ng tray
raglator hoses by undonng
Remove the upper and lower
the
follows
dlaconnect
retalnlng
clips
Dlsconnect the capacltor lead at the dlstnbutor
and sWltch
Take
Wlres
off the
also the
hlgh
tenslon
at the COlI
lead and dlsconnect the
dynamo
starter
motor cable at the
end
motor
Remove the 011 gauge and water
termlnals
gauge leads from then
throttle and choke controls must be dlsconnected from
The
Disconnect the fuel pl pe from
rator
temperature
the engine
on
Next
the
remove
haust plpe from
the carbu
the fuel pump
ex
the mamfold
From below the vehlcle
remove
the gear
lector rod from
se
change
the lever
on
the transmlSSlon caslng
Dlsconnect the earth
strap
from
the starter motor
Remove the hand brake
trol rod
supporting
con
from
transmlS Slon
Disconnect the
meter cabl
e
from
speed
the trans
Uncouple the pro
peller shaft plmon franges at
mlSSlOn
rear
axle
and draw the shaft
out of the transmlSSlon
To
allow the englne
transmlSSlon
ward
and
to be drawn for
Englne
the radlator must be
removed by
undomg
TransmlssIon
assembly bemg
the four
chassls
secunng bolts
61
bfted from
COOLING
SYSTEM
RADIATOR
Type
Maccord closed
Pressuhsed
o
3
8
4 ltr
Total
capaClty of coohng
water
0
4
kg cm2
2
2
type
0
US
4
0
61b
m2
Gal
THERllOSTAT
Type
Bellows
type
Start to open
721
50C
Fully
open
801
50C
Valve
hft
temperature
temperature
9
5
6 30F
16l
1 30F
176
o
mm
374
In
An eff1Clent
coohng system IS of major Importance to ensure the
satisfactory runnlng ot the englne and 1t IS therefore necessary to pay
Attenhon IS
pahcular attenhon to ItS malntenance
especlally drawn
to the procedure for w1nter months
1f damage 1S to be avolded
DescriptIon
The
l1ng
co
maIntalned
by
Clrculahon
an
system
1S
water pump
combIned wIth
eff1c1ent fan caoled rad1
ator
and thermostat
The system
sun
sed and
1S
pres
the reh ef valve
Incorporate d
In
the
rad1ator
fIller cap
controls the pre
4
sure at approx1mately 0
kg
cm
per sq
move
Do not
s
re
the fIller cap 1f the
temperature of the coolant
IS above bOll1ng
p01nt or If
the eng1ne
1S
i
runn1ng
Toppmg up should only be
reqU1red occas1onally to re
place water lost through the
overflow
p1pe
Top up when
the eng1ne
poss1ble
1S
use
cold
frt
4
F1g
J
i
T
Rad1ator
and If
clean soft water
F1ll to w1thm 1
2
of the
bottom of the hller
plug well Overf111mg when
cause water to flow
through the overflow p1pe
tem 1S approx1mately 8 4 htres
62
the engme
The
IS
cold may
capaClty of
the sys
Thermostat
In order to ensure maXImum
efhClency
lt
essentlal to
IS
wIthIn certaIn hm1ts
engIne
bellows
operatlng temperatures
type thermostat IS htted
front of the
cyhnderhead
volatlle hqUled
hlled with
a
the engme
IS
cold th
whIch controls
IS
closed and
a
of metallIc bellows
When
mushroom valve
a
the
To assIst thIS
the water outlet at the
In
The devIce consIsts
valve
S
beIng located
keep
the engIne the flow
on
startmg
temporanly restncated
Due to thIS
the temperature of the water m the cylinder head and
The
cyhnder Jackets WIll qUIckly nse thus ensunng rapId warmmg up
heat so generated wIll gradually expand the bellows so
opemng the valve
of water to the rad ator
and
ultlmatelly
IS
permIttIng
The thermostat Itself
It
anse
a
old
ng up the
holes on the
When the
air
should the occaSIOn
therfore
and the hose
hOUSIng
Should the thermostat be
car
reconnected
tlght
there
are
to
two
WhICh may be utlhzed to ease If from castlng
completely emptied It IS essentlal to allow
top
has been
system
through
the thermostat valve and tnen
to escape
thermostat opemng
opens at
detachable
be removed from ItS
can
lay
tapped
full flow of water to the radIator
a
IS
a
by
set
IS
t
72
l
of
SOC
temperature
by ImmerSing
to test thIS opening
a
new
Dunng decarbomsmg
the thermostat
The valve
reqUISIte temperature
but If It falls to open
hnally tOp
The
up
the manufacturer and cannot be altered
In
water
It
IS
raIsed
It
pohcy
to
the
should open under these cond tlons
should be fitted
unIt
Overheating
Overheatlng
depOSIt
In
the
may be caused
slack fan belt
a
runnIng WIth the
cyhnders
correct carburetor
by
Ignltlon
excessive
too far
carbon
retarded
faIhre of the water to CIrculate
adJustment
or
In
loss
of wdter
Fan Belt
Adjustment
The fan
Ing the
IS
dnven from the crankshaft
by
a
V
belt
thIS also dnv
dynamo
clamp bolts FIg 2
whIch hold the dynamo In posItIOn
dynamo towards the
fan
Sl1de the belt over the fan and onto the
pulley
engme
the dynamo away from the
then
made
IS
bnngmg
by
Adjustment
the
The belt should be suffICIently tIght to prevent slip yet
engme
A
new
belt
can
be htted
by fIrst loosemng
the
and movIng the
belt should have
and crankshaft
As
have
and
15 to 20
pulley
the dnve IS taken
t le fan belt
tlght
mm
when the
on
8
3
mIdspan
V
4
IS
of the
slace between the generator
pushed fumly
pulleys It IS not
necessary to
to do so may cause exceSSIve wear to the
pump beanngs
lock the dynamo
dynamo
After the correct tenSIon has been obtaIned
water
securely
the
5
In
pOSItIon agaIn
63
2
Fig
Fan belt
Frost
adJustment
Precautions
FreezIng
hos
occur
hrst at the bottom ot the radlator
or
In
the
Ice
ln
muff
fully
car
lS
strength
the hose wlll
be used
can
to
closed
to be
uSf d
The
stop
bOlhng
ln
a
strength
but
wlll
m
care
up to the
degree
of
protectlon
accordance wlth lnstructlons
Relatlons of
ture s
l
strength
Excesslve
afforded
appli
ed
v
wIth the
expecte
topping
by toppmg
freezlng temperatures
SolutlOn must be made up
of alchol
water and
glycenne
c
o
o
5
5
10
10
15
i5
1
10
1
15
I
J
f
35
J5
q
I
ItO
1
5
45
102030 40 50
Alcohol
up
m
lth the contalner
c
30
manu
up wlth water
v
25
when
or
advised by the
ratio
10
A
bOlling
run
make sure that the
of the solutlon must be malntalned
wlth antlfreeze solul1on as necessary
reduces the
When frost
temperature
fact
cause
must be taken not to
result
very low
IS
cHculatlon and may
water
advantage
or
of the solutlon
facturers
t
lower
connectlons
e
muff
the
may
7
0
60J
10 J I 5060 70 80
Glycenne
water
64
water
mD
ture
mIX
Top up when the system IS cold
coohng system has to be draIned
If the
contaIner
and
use
run
the mIxture
Into
clear
a
agaIn
ProtectIon by Draining
On
coohng
dunng frosty
frost
heavy
draIned
WIth
water
It
IS
IS
rugs and musfs
There
cyhnder
be opened
whde
ground
draInIng
taps
pIece of
must
the taps
ensure
are
when the engIne
ensure
A
damage due
coohng
merely
are
sy stem
cover
to
precautIons
must
of the
free71ng
to
must
complete
be
the radIator and engIne
drain cocks
two
that
they
are
the left hand
one on
system and the
frequent
clear
that any
so
the water
The
must
car
mtervals
be
on
level
by InsertIng
ThIS should be done
obHructlon freed
the
by
a
Imme
WIre
should be carned out
drammg
hot
IS
draIned the
that all water
sUItable
draIn the
to
opened
by
completely
When
the
should be tested at
taps
to
WIre
may be flushed out
to
followIng
block and the other at the base of the rad ator block
The draIn
dIately
used the
not
obvIate any
ImmInent
not suffIcIent
sIde of the
Both
IS
to
sy stern
When
ly
where antIfreeze
cars
be taken
engIne should be
has been cleaned from
should bE then aff xed
notlce
to
run
for
a
tImed Tnmute
the system
the radIatur
IndIcatIng
that the water has been draIned
F
ushmg
To
tIon
the Radiator
of scale
cally flushed
freeze
effIcIent clTculatIon of the coolant and to reduce
ensure
In
and sediment
wIth
In
the radIator
the WInter and agaIn when
At Intervals
to
the forma
should be
penodI
preferably before puttmg 10 anti
The water
takIng It out In the spnng
system
clear runmng water
should be allowed to
taps
dunng draInIng
the
run
a
through
untll It comes out clear from
stIff pIece of
enSure
that
they
WIre
are
the dram
should be Inserted Into the
becomIng clogged
not
wIth
taps
sedI
ment
ThIS method of radIator
the
furnng
tlce
to
flow
up
remove
turn the
bottom hose
WATER
IS
the
rad
flushIng
may
serve
well
but
In
cases
where
excessIve the operator wIll f nd It more effICIent prac
radIator
and flush In the reverse way to thE
ator
completely
upsIde down and
connechon and out of the
let
top
the water flow
In
through
the
connectIon
PUMP
After draInIng the water from the rad ator
remove the pump unIt from
cylmder block by takmg off the fan belt and releasmg the setbolts wIth
spnng washers and hInge bolts to dynamo
the
65
Cover
3
FIg
Removing the
D sconnect
The shaft
Put the
FIrst
out the
pump Shoft
the fan blades
and ball
hub
pulley
press
pulley
Water
or
hub
on
beanngs
on
Assembly
pulley
IS
pump
and
cover
combIned wIth
one
Ulllt
the bench
knock the shaft end wIth
the U
a
dnft
hard bar
and draw
type
bench
Take out the set pm from
sht whIch locked the
bly
the
shaft assem
See FIg
the pump body
Next
turn the
body upsIde
to
down and press out the shaft
from the vane SIde
assembly
the U
on
bench
type
The shaft and
bal
bly
beanng
can
assem
be drewout
from the
body
Thus take out
r
the
vane
floatlng
seal and seal whIch
remaIned
pump
In
the
body
1
y
It
4
66
Jl
11
r
1
al1
4
J
1
e8
S
a
200
pun
2
t
th
LL
W9
c
of
Sltet
V
Sltet cover G8de
G8
SJ
de
SJ
1
Body
oo
t
s
B1oclt
v
R eassembl y
The
reassembhng of the
a care
sq Uld be
pump
lS a
reversal of the
pro
taken to ensure that the shaft
assembly lS
fltted correctly for a sht a hole of set nng wlth a
groove of shaft so as
to lnsert and set the sald nng
correctly
cedure
dlsassembly
but
Adiustm9
Fust
the Clearance the Vane End and
press down the shaft
flttlng
wlth
a
Body
groove hne to lllsert the
set pln
Inserhng
Thlckness
0
thlckness gauge
4
0
5
mm
between the
vane
va
5
edge
and lllslde
e end on the U block bench
Flg
press down the
Take out the thlckness gauge and fmd out
good condltIon
Screw up wlth the cover and cork washer
l
t
Flg
68
6
of the
body
See
IGNITION
The
fuel
generator
6
III
I
Flg
lllto 19mtIon COli
The low
rupted by
necessary for 19n1hng the
lS
cyhnders
power
shown
as
system whlch
a
mlxture wlthln the englne
current from the electnc
aH
The electnc
sWltch
lS
19n1uon system
compressed
SYSTEM
through
battery
source
ammeter
5
and
and 19n1tIon
7
current
voltage
contact breaker
flows
the pnmary COli
14 lS lllter
dlstnbutor
Thls charges the
through
of the
9
netlc held wlthln the 19mtIon cOli
lntermlttently
thus
lllduClllg hlgh
mag
vol
tage
The
the
hlgh
hlgh voltage
chambers of the
19n1te
the fuel
16
dlagnose defects
pnnClple In mllld
parately
To
As
head
mlxture
butlOn
shown
III
Flg
whlch
lS
sent
current
to the
cyhnder
alr
lS
current
tenslOn cord
000 volts
of the 19mtlOn
The
through
At thlS moment
sparklng
In a
self
at the contact
decrease
the contact
ln
more
pOlnts
through
spark
to
to
19mhon
always have thlS dlstn
hlgh voltage CHC1l1tS se
COli has two Calls wlth
pnmary
lS sent and cut
the magne
the prlmary cord
lS
changes and by mutural
created In the secondary
In
lnductIon
voltage
of the
the pnmary Call
secondary
a
vol
call
of the dlstnbutor contact breaker
Call and
causes
resultIng
plthng
of
pOlnts
Therefore
drop
system
lnduchon voltage
the lnduced
10
conbustIon
cyhnders
and check the low and
2
or
spark plugs lllstalled ln the
The spark plugs are made
the
In
hc fleld wlthln the pnmary Call
tage of 10
dlstnbuted by the dlstrubutor
the pnmary ClrCUlt lS provlded wlth condenser to prevent
of secondary voltage and absorb the sparks at make and break con
tac ts
69
10
4
3
9
12 V
Flg
I
I
Wlnng dlagram
2
Battery
MagnetIc
3
4
5
6
of 19n1hon
9
sWltch
system
Contact pOlnt
10
Dlstnbutor
Starter motor
II
Cyhnder
Starter button
12
Voltage regulator
Ammeter
IgmtlOn
sWltch
7
IgmtlOn
COli
8
Condenser
1
head
13
Generator
14
Pnmary
15
Secondary
16
Hlgh
cord
cord
tenslOn cord
IGNITION COIL
Hltachl
Type
CIZ
Pnmary voltage
12 volts
Pnrnary
1
current
8 ampers
lS
less than
Ol
Hanshm HU
Check
one
cause
ampere
lf
13C
current
or more
than
three amperes
Gap
test
7
mm
0
275
lll
or more
800C temperature of cOli
70
at
1800 rpm
Flg
cord termlnal
2
Pnmary
cord termlnal
3
Secondary
4
Pnmary
5
Secondary
6
Core
of pnmary
19n1tlon
or
and the
voltage
cOli
COlis caused
secondary
heatIng or lntenor damage
Wlth such a faulty 19n1tIon
Call
englne wlll
ml
can
cOli
COli
non
by
lt
be attnbuted to
does
not
generate
functlOnlng
over
sufflclent second
shre
except
as
Check of
CHcult
short
thelr defectIve lnsulahon
repalrs of troubles are very dlfhcult
nal connechon
replace a defectIve 19n1tlon Call
But
cord termlnal
on
Most troubles wlth the
ary
Pnmary
SectIon of 19n1tIOn Call
2
I nspect
I
In
cleanlng
terml
of cOli
Remove the cap of the dlstnbutor and turn the crankshaft untIl the
contact
of the contact arm closes
pOlnt
Then sWltch
on
the
the central electrode
away
from
a
metal
lng the contact
arm
19n1tIon
on
portlon
by
sWltch
draw
out
the dlstnbutor cap and
of the englne
hand
71
the
secondary
holdlng
ltS
cord from
tIp about 6
open and close the
pOlllt by
mm
mov
If blush whlte
and strong
and tj1e medii portIon
When the
sparks
spark
are
feeble and reddlsh
place unless the gap wlth the
cOli must be defectIve
are
to be exact
nght
To
check
tery th en
by
lS
cases
employ
means
f11easure
If there
no
of
IWetal
portIon
when
lS
sparklng
extremely
a
the cord
does
are
all
ammeter connect the pnmary Call and bat
current at all
coq
the
cod tester
an
thlS
slgmfles
a
break
ln
the CHC1l1t
must be renewed
thorough lnspectIon
not
reduced
when the condenser and 19n1tIon sWltch
a
call
tester should be
oflr
1
l
or
tIp of
nght
th e current
In such cases the
For
created between the
the cOli may be consldered to be all
take
Slnce these
are
vt
72
employed
r
c
t
u
1
j
l
Step
I
n Stwl
h
x
ts
rj
SA
DIAGRM
2
IlOor
WIRNG
ILl31dona
4
3
1
H
th
l
el
order 1ndt131 for
12V Ipm
31
NOTE
I
MODEL
w
I
l
GENERA TOR
JJ
Trouble
Shooting
LocatIon
of
trobles
ndl
tron
Generator Equipped with Voltage Regulator
Cause of
tr
uble
Hitachi
IICK
1
SCRDi
W JrIng
REGURA TOR
ecA
Hitachi
IICA SCRDI fCCA
I
almost
broken
or
grounded
Replace
wlrmg
Same as
at left
Loose terminal
defectIve ground
MltsublShl
DF N
RR
or
grounded
repair
WJrlng
2
Remedy
MltsublSh
DF Nl RH
Same as
at left
part
2
TIghten
securely
termmal
or
correct
ground
I
Regulator
c
2
Voltage
voltage
I
regulator
too
Resistance
voltage
low
In
Cunstant voltage I Adjust by
turnmg
P
relay
screw
operates
at low voltage
2 Replace resistance
Temperature
regulator
shorted
is
Cut out
ill
I
relay
Cut out relay pOints
dIrty
I
or
Generator 2
3
I
Same
damaged
as
at
or
WirIng
2
I
Same as
at left
Poor brush contact
Armature field COIl
shorted
broken
WJrmg
term mal
loose or
d Iscan
nected
W iring
broken
I
I
J
Regulator
0
11
2
Carbon diSC dama
ged
1
Cut out relay WIll
not close or points
Vibrate
0
Cut out
relay
Dress
with
pOint
Dress
paper
with
and
off 011
Reseat
or
Repair
I
Same
Same as
at left
sand
clean
Same as
at left
replace
or
replace
Re hghten
Same as
at left
as
at left
2
or
COil
lead
Wires
shorted or broken
I
Replace wirIng
Constant voltage 1 Repair or replace
operates
at
low voltage
2 Re place
carbon
diSC
I
Re adJust
I
Re ad ust
2
He place
relay
switCh
LharglDg
2
c
relay cuts In at
blgh voluge
Yoltage COIl of
charging currrht
SWItch
relay Is
1
AdJu
tage
t
cut
or
cut out
m
vol
replace the
relay
charging
current
SWitch relay
broken
1
0
Z
2
It
I
t
broken
armature
In
field cod
Poor brush contact
Same as
al left
1
R
2
Repair
pair
lt
rC
1
e
Wlrlng
1
1
Same as
at left
Poor groundmg
Yoltag
voltage
regulator
too
I
hIgh
operated
hlSh oltage
c
Regulatoc
2
Broken
Wire
on
2
COIl
0
3
A
and
mlnals
Note
B
ter
contactlOg
J
and
B
lJ holder
hTlto
Chec k
and
Same
orrect
1
Adjut
P
at
lousenmg
t
ter
mlnals contactmg
1
1
2
as
kit
He adjust
Tl
too
Broken
Wire
In
voltage Call of con
slant voltage relay
A
Same as
at left
commutator
replace brush
nt
grounrlll1K
Constant voltagr
relay adjusted 10
al
p
I
replace
or
and
t
t
fi
or
WIre
Generator
oJ
Short
Re adJust
brush
shorted
c
1
sandpaper
damaged
wire
I
1
left
Commutator surface
dIrty
sta
blltzer 7 ohms sta
blhzer 25 ohms
RlplclC
on
RepldCL
volt
td nl
Wt
rtl
3
Repair anSl1tltlon
3
lr
RLpc
InslIlallOl1
When chargmg Insufficltlntly It IS neccessary to check not only the
charKlng CirCUit
but also to see If the ammeter needle IS stuck and
to check for broken wire 10 coli
low flUid level In battery difference an sptlclfic RravltlCs anternal
hort clrcu t or
damaged plates In battery l nd other cause
74
1
j
i
@2310a
@
@23m
@
a
42200
23122 mOO
3118
@
7
mo
3U
32200
ID23ISI
1
23120 as
Generator
Flg
I
Nut
7
Spring
15
Brush
2
Washer
8
Ball
16
Brush holder
3
Pulley
9
Chp
17
Brush spnng
4
Spacer
10
011
cover
18
Front
5
packmg
11
Key
19
Rear
Retalller
12
Armature
20
Brush
13
Flied cOli
14
Yoke
6
beanng
ass
cover
cover
1
cover
y
l
1
AI
fJ
i
75
iIIIiiIIL
J
J
J
GENERATOR
G123
Type
03
Voltage
12 volts
Out
300 watt
put
Length
Outer
of brush
dlameter of commutator
Rotahon ratio to
2500 rpm
20
mm
0
78
45
mm
177m
m
crankshaft
I
pully
46
The generator lS mounted on
slde of the englne
the front left
and
lS
dnven
by
times the
speed
As
m
shown
the
a
dlagram
generatmg system Flg
the car
body
the gene
lded to
grou
and the
hne goes through the
lator and ammeter to
of the
2
termlnalls
rator
CUCUlt
voltage
charge
The generator
lS
battery
stant voltage type equlpped
Flg
2
Voltage
I
regu
5
6
lator
Ammeter
t Battery
4
A
I
S
of
a
generating
crabon
regu
the
a
con
wlth
plle type
sy stern
Generator
1
3
Dlagrarn
2
46
fan belt at I
of the crankshaft
The constant
Fuse
generator
Llghtmg
voltage type
charglng
mam
voltage at the gene
rator termmals regardleds of the
talns
sWltch
7
when
Lamp
a
vehlcle
flxed
speed
that
15
over
a
wlde
range of englne speeds and also
the load
In other words
conformlng to
output conformmg to
battery charge the charglng current lS automatically regulated
1
or
When the load lS lncreased
dlscharglng
preventing exceSSlve charglng
the output wdllncrease correspondmgly so that the l1fe of the
s uddenly
battery wlll be prolonged
produces
an
the state
of
76
H
Gfmerafor
As
nstruction
3
generi
shownti lFlg
J
ventllated
by
nd
called enclosed
ServIcIng
a
ventllated type
removable band to faclhtate
Care
J
the
shunt wound
brush
u
lnspectlon
coverea Wlth
part
and cleanlng
Generator
should be taken to see that the exterlor and the
generator always kept
ntenor
of the
clean
@
t
1
it
La
FIg
3
Generator sectloral
Vlew
sVprmg
I
Frame
5
Brush
2
Armature
6
Ball beanngs
3
Fleld
7
Fan
4
Commutator
cOli
pulley
1
rS
A
S
T
l
77
f
II
To dlsassemble
the b
nd
fust
remove
press the brush
cover
the dnve
Then after removlng
pulley
out
the brush from
pull
through bolts connectmg the end
sprmg back and
the holder
Then by unscrewlng the two
the generator can be dlsassembled as shown m
Flg 3
All dlsassembled parts wlth the
of
the
fleld
cOli and the arma
exception
ture cOli are washed wlth gasol1ne before
and
belng lnspected
reassembled
When reassembhng
the front beanng
bemg of the ball beanng
covers
type
lS
fllled wlth magneto grease whlle the
drops
of
lS
lubncated wlth
a
feYI
engme Oll
hght
lnstalhng
When
the generator
that the fan belt
see
beanng
rear
After
properly
lS
all
lnstalhng
on
to the engIne
care
should be taken to
tenslOned
electrical connections
are
securely tightened
and
cleaned
T roubl e Shoot ng
Dlagnosls through motonng test
dlsassembhng the generator
before
for
lnspection
be made
cna
overall check
an
through
The constant
test
the
up
motonng
voltage
genera
tor
operates together wlth the vol
tage regulator whlch bemg a comp
hcated unlt
dlscover troubles
Thus
ln
the
the
by checkmg
of the generator alone
lng
test makes thlS
a
generator
A
performance
through motor
efflClent
an
For
pau operatlOn
test
F
makes lt dlfhcult to
the
re
motonng
fully charged battery
volts
and about 50 ampere
ammeter are requlred
12
Flg
capaclty
Wlth the unlts connected for the tester
The
motor and from the condlbon of the current and
ln the generator can be checked
a
A
The generator
lS ln
4
generator
speed
lS
turned as
troubles
normal condltion 1f the ammeter mdlc
occurmg
tes from
5 to 7 amperes and the generator rotates
smoothly wlth only a famt hum
If the generator falls to rotate
there lS trouble m the electncal cnCUlt
Th
rated currents
8 amperes at 750
r
p
m
If the ammeter mdlcates
B
short
are
or
grounded
It should be noted that
slstance
hlgher than the rated values there lS a
provlded there are no mechanlcal defects
fanly large current wlll flow 1f the fnctional re
connection
a
of the rotating parts
If the rotation
lS
lrregular
lS
great
then
lS
a
short
78
or
ground
m
the armature
and 1f the rotatlOn lS
the fleld
pomter
ground
the lntenor
parts
If the ammeter lndlcated below the rated values
C
lS
uneven
there
slow
or
hlgh fnctional part
parts are made
Wlth
test
the
ed to
see
troubles
shown
lf lt
case
repalrs
or
ln
or
lf the rotatlOn
the lntenor
replacement
or
parts
of defective
a
be check
can
faulty and the
approxlmately located
lS
In
multltype
portable dynamo
by
uSlng
tester
be made
generator
maklng these
tester
5
Flg
the
advanta
more
use a
Furthermore
easlly
defect
connection
lve
the above motonng
generator
but lt would be
to
a
troubles wlth
Dlagnoslng
tester
lS
In thls
a
geous
the trouble wlll also be due to short or
exceedlngly
vlbrates
ln
the trouble may be due to short or ground ln
lf the rotation lS normal but the ammeter
slow
Furthermore
calls
from the
In
car
the A and F
termlnals of the generator
connected together
can
removlng
wlthO
lt
tests
a
test
are
the voltmeter
connected between generator
and
A termmal and the ground
IS
the ammeter
regulator
at
speed
lf
termlnal and the
medlum
speed
pOlntet
current
lS
lS
turned
generator
000 rpm
about 2
ammeter
or
connected between
The engme
battery
over
B
lS
falls to
If the
move
belng generated
but when the load
lS
mcreased
20 amperes
the voltmeter lndl
the generator
cated below 13 volts
When the
the armature
generator
growler
lS
lS
5
Flg
to
Generator and
lS
defective
Regulator
and requlres repalnng
dlsassembled and the parts
used for thlS purpose
tester
m
the
are
to be
followmg
lnspected
P
0
mahner
c 1
ft
r
ji
p
Jit
Testmg for Grounding
in Field Co
ground termlnal of the held COli lS
lead lS
growler lS grounded whlle the other
The
removed
one
lead from the
contracted wlth the other held
call termlnal
the fleld call lS grounded so
lamp on the growler hghts
the
If the test lamp falls to hght
replaced wlth new COli
free from groundlng
If the test
lt
should be
held cOlI1S
79
that
Testing for Shorts
The fleld cOli
and
an
placed
lS
termlnals of
negabve
are
Lead Wire Test
To
test the lead
both ends
the held cOli
one
that
wue
to the
If the
shorted and should be
lS
poslbve
mmeter shows
replaced
5 amperes
the wlnng from the
lS
If the test
lS
a
break
test lead lS contacted Wlth
lead contacted
ammeter between the
an
the two leads from the
wue
there
hght
wlth
Circuit Test
of the lead
lf lt falls to
senes
Hltachl 10
the generator A termlnal
If
ln
12 volt electrical source
a
exceedlngly hlgh readlng
Rated currents
Field Coil
In
body
one
growler
lamp hghts
the lead
ln
are
there
contacted wlth
are no
defects but
whlch should be
Wlre
end of the lead
and the test
brush holder to
plus
lamp hghts
WH7
the l
replaced
and the other test
ad
wue
lS
grounded
Plus Brush Test
One lead from the
growler lS grounded and the
If the test lamp hghts
plus brush holder
grounded and should be replaced
other lead
To test If the
armature
contacted
the brush holder
lS
in Armature
Grounding
for
Testing
lS
I
wlth the
grounded
lS
or
not
one
lead from
I
the
growler
lS
contacted wlth the armature shaft and the other lead wlth the commutator
If the test
segment
the armature
lamp hghts
IS
grounded
and should be
replaced
Testing for Shorts
To
growler
rotated
test for
shorts
and wlth
by
hand
ln
Armature
armature call
plece held
If the
armature cOlI1S
Ch
lron
In
uon
over
plece
there
non
the
lS
shaft
lS
found to be
exceSSlve
unlform
worn or
badly
rotatlOn
so
that not
smoothness of rotabon be
and cause the
bent
parts
of the
lS
the
only
wlll the
output
core
becomes
be reduced and
destroyed but thls wlll cause the shaft to bend
The speclflcabons should be referred to and
replaced or repalred
to touch
defecbve parts should be
top
beanng bushlng lS checked
lt should be replaced
If
looseness between the armature and the
dunng
on
the armature
Bushing
The clearance btween the armature shaft and
and If the
placed
replaced
Armature Shaft and
cking
lS
call
attracted to the armature call
lS
shorted and should
the armature
the armature
80
Armature Coil
Checking
ThlS
lS
vlsual check up
a
and the commutator
nechons
are
The connectlOn between the armature cOli
lnspected and
are
Checking
exceeded
the
of the
depth
that the
worn so
dlameters between the
ln
or
It
largest
segments from
mlca
When the commutator surface
lS
wlll not
dlrty
2
commutator surface
paper but lf lt
lS
Conhnued
lS
worn
use
so
lS
only
worn as
by supportlng both
However
FIg 6
result
but wlll also hasten
commutator surface
ends
lf
of
oXldlzed
can
of the armature
worn over
a
lt
the
descnbed above
3
rough
or
4
mm
the
lS
commu
lS worn
the brushes
that
so
contachng
burmng damage
on
the
of the brushes
If the
be corrected wlth No
00 sand
wear
correctlons
can
be made
machlnmg
should be
lt
O
correchons should
mm
ln
shaft and
mm
ovahty of
the surface of the
or
only
elhphcal
stepped
poorly and causmg decreaslng output and further
lt
or
whlch
con
and smallest dlmenslOns
tator becomes less than the allowable hmlt of 0
be made
defechve soldered
or
Commutator
When the commutator becomes
dlfference
all loose
corrected
only
shown
as
ln
replaced
commutator
that the
depth
of the
segment mlca lS shallow may result
ln part of the mlca becomlng hlgher
0
I
than the surface of the commutator
ThlS
condltlon wlll make the brushes
Jump and
damage
The
ed
by
produce sparks
to burn
and
the commutator surface
depth
under
carefully
of the
mlca
the cuts
cuthng
made wlth
condltlon shown
m
Flg
lS
bemg
6
Flg
A
or
B
the
wear
plece of
are
hmlt
made
or
lS
sandpaper
er lS
revolved
150
lnstalled
2
Commutator segment
However
r
I
ln
the commutator surface
1f the brush
replaced
flneness 18
wrapped
To
the holder
over
the
of about No
lS
worn
beyond
reseat the brush
around the
sandpaper
81
320
a
commu
the hold
used
sandpaper
rahng
au
and after c1eamng
compressed
brush lS wlped wlth a dry cloth
hnlshlng
the
Mlca lnsulahon
properly agalnst
lt should be blown wlth
After reseatlng
the dust off thoroughly
Incorrect hnlsh
I
It should be
of about No
For
Correct hnlsh
Spring
by reseahng
broken
tator and wlth the brush
commutator
I
Brush and Brush
If the brush does not seat
A
corrections
Undercuttmg
l
then hnlshed
commutator stone
Checking
6
The
sandpaper
lt wlth
8
correct
hacksaw to the
a
commutator surface
by smoothmg
lS
lS
The
permlsslble wear
should be replaced
max
brush
of the brush
1
18
3 the
length
over
If the brush sprmg does not have the proper tenslOn
B
whlch the
lt should be
replaced
Slnce the brush spring has conslderable effect
on
the proper contact
lt lS necessary to determlne
lng between the brush and the commutator
the tenslOn by the tester of spnng tenslon wlth brush lstalled
A weak
spnng wllllncrease the electrlcal reslstance
tlng
on
brush
whlle too
the commutator
Thus
and commutator
correct
strong
when
a
causlng
sparking
spnng wlll hasten
replacIng
a
and
plt
wear ln
good grade
brush
the
and
used
spnng should be
Slze
VOLTAGE REGULATOR
On
the
voltage regulators
used Hltachl
lS
the crabon
plleHltachl
02
generator
F Screw
P Screw
Cl
r
4
e
F
Flg
Carbon Plle
I
1
1
Carbon PIle
1 ype
Voltage settmg
m
Type Voltage Regulator
R123 02
Model
Cut
Model R123
voltage
no
load
relay
Release current
14
5
15
5 volts
2500 rpm
generator
12
5
13
5 volts
1300 rpm
generator
Less e
82
an
5 amp
Construction and
As
shown
m
the above
magnet call
Plle
Operation
movlng
hgure
core
the
regulator conslsts
and flxed
spnng
res
of the carbon
stances
pnnclpal part lS the carbon plle whlch conslsts of several
By applYlng pressure to both ends
layers of thln carbon dlscs
of the carbon plle as shown ln
A the reslstance Wlll change
The
Flg
uhl1zahon of thlS charactenshc lS the carbon Plle voltage regulator
the wumg dlagram of whlch lS shown ln Flg B
Wlthout a voltage regulator
the generated voltage wlll vary wlth
the speed
load and other factors but a carbon plle regulator wlll maln
taln constant voltage by the followlng actlOn
The
dozen
a
UJ
IL
l
a
UJ
l
RESISTANCE
III
Flg
Sectlonal
Flg
A
Vlew
of carbon
B
Charactenshcs of carbon
plle
plle
regulator
1
Plle pressure
2
Carbon
3
Plle holder
4
Movlng
5
6
Compresslon
Compresslon
7
Magnet
8
Flux
screw
plle
core
spnng
f
spnng
call
adJustmg
is
screw
B
I
Flg
1
2
3
4
2
Carbon
Wumg dlagram
plle
Stablhzer
6
Cut out relay
Spnng
Magnet call
Temperature compensahng
reslstance
83
5
When used
ln
the current
hlgh
conJuchon wlth the generator and
through the magnet cOllmcreases
force greater
hve
current
through
Thls
Conver
ed current mcreases
Thus
lator hmlts the current
by
speclally provldlng
a
when the
ely
reslstance so that the
decreases the gene
becomes low
voltage
by properly matchlng
means
current cut
Also
the generat
pile
the carbon
of the current call
out
becomes
voltage
and makes the attrac
the held COlI1S decreased and also
rated current
held
the carbon
lncreases
the
there
the cOllln
lS
no
requ
need of
wlth the
senes
for lmprovlng the chargmg charactenshcs at low speed whlle the
flxed reslstances are for prevenhng vanahons ln charactenshcs due to
lS
temperature changes
Wiring
Precautions
In connectlng up the generator and
the
voltage regulator
shown
hons
ln Flg
4
hght and
damage
other
on
the termlnals
to make the
make
to
get to connect the
However
should be
care
taken to note the slgns
connec
sure
ground
not
to for
termlnals
cauhon should be taken not to
the termlnals
and
screws
parts by hghtemng
more
For
than
ne
are
cessary
wlnng
heavy
used between A A and B B because of
large
3
Fig
p
Voltage regulahng pnnClples
currents
and
nnts
F
F
I
Generator
2
Fleld call
3
Carbon
plle
CompresslOn
4
55r
f
6
Wlres
spnng
ger
ovmg core
Voltage
the
COli
Wlre
lS
used between
should be taken
Slze
have
penod
placed
between these
flowlng
hght
Care
take the
Wlres
of these
been
of hme
serVlce
ln
they
are
In these cases
Slze Wlres
wires
wound wIth
for
long
repaired or re
the
used and
should be
black
amply
tape
to
mlS
a
same or
should be used to
formerly
connechons
not to
When the
Wires
lar
replace
WHe
to
wlre
soldered and
preserve the
In
sulahon
1
RepBris
r
d ustment
i
4
InspectIon
J
T e
oltage regulatmg part of the voltage regulator has been subjected tv
ngld mspectlOn so that there should be prachcally no change whlle m use and
no
If trouble should occur however
the regula
necesslty for adjustments
tor
should not be touched
contrary
lead to
above should be
ments
on
hand
Wl
thout prevlOus preparahons
troubles
Before
blgger
thoroughly understood
adjustments should be
and
made
84
adJushng
wlth
a
or
the
thlS
dll
prmClple
s
on
the
outlmed
voltmeter and other lnstru
correctly
When
adJustmg
Justlng
core
dlfflCUlt to
the gap between the ad
and the movlng
deterdnne
that lt
lt
core
thls dlstance
lS
of lmportance
menslonally
so
to make thlS
adjustment electncally
shown
ln
Flg
lS
dl
as
A
4
Flg
Ad usting when Voltage
long Period
Changes
Wumg dlagram
after
of ServIce
Flg
5
D C Voltmeter
E
Wlnng durIng
C P
u1ator
Ree
adJustmg
tJ
7
f
I
adjustments
In thlS case
As
only
lS
shown
Flg
battery and
vanable
WIth the
out
lS
As
voltage
tage
lS
lS
through
connected
the
Vla an
plle
t
regulator
at
2
no
cicompreeS wlOrli1
vo1tm
t
Y
a
Ul
S Wdtch
ClrC
t
T
ammeter to the
7
reslstance
generator runnlng
rated speed generator
and
meter
made
5 to the A termlnal of the
TermInal B
connected
of the
In
are
load
500
battery and reslstance
rpm
engme
I
CHC
860 rpm
llt CUt
the volt
read
shown
so
that
hlgh
ln
Flg
1f the
tlghtenmg the plle compresslOn spnng wlll
and
screw ln
conversely 1f
voltage lS low
5
unscrew
85
ralse
the
the vol
To measure the cut
and cut
voltage
the voltmenter
connect
ln
out current
as
shown wlth the dotted hne
Flg
ln
5 to term mal Band
make measurements
through
the CUCUlt of termlnal Band
A
fully charged battery
Measurement of the
lS
made by
readmg
output
the volt
meter and ammeter
through
the vanable reslstance
CUlt wlth the
P
Screw
cut out
battery
Dunng
urement of the
6
Flg
ly
the
the
ln
charglng
ClrCUlt
such defects as burnt contact
Ad ustmg
When
are
made
and the
regulator
spt
ad
fifled
t
lS
as
no
load and
2
after
speed
F
lt
shown
revolvlng
500 rpm
screw
be
check the cut out
as
practlcal
relay
a
necessary
ln
lS
t
at
the
I
tlght
to
15V
Q
ln
Flg
at fast but lt wlll
7
voltage
nse
to
agaln
SET
PoSITION
T1GHTEN
PILE ADJUSTlNII
8
Flg
Posltlon of
screw
and
voltage
86
Plle
no
re
for
Reassembly
clockwlse dl
ThlS wlll cause the
drop
pOlnts and repaIr
The
pressure screw
connected up to the ge
ltmg core
enedoby turmng
rectlon
the termlnal
thlS lndlcated
conslderably
case
meas
load regu
reassembl1ng adjustments
throught the adjusting core
plle
nerator at
Regulator
In thlS
the
no
termlnal B
voltage should
If there two voltages dlffer
same
slstance
latlng voltage
voltage and
A
Clr
CUCUlt
pressure
load termlnal
Thls
lS
due to the fact that
fust the gap between the
at
F screw and the movlng core
to Increase the
of the
slstance
contaclng
re
plle sheets
and lower the termlnal vol
Lock Screw
tage
As
tIghtened
the F screw
further
the movlng
core
lS
the gap to
reaches 0
and the termlnal voltage
shows
a
mlnlmum
value
Wlth further nghtemng
the
adjustIng screw belng
push the duectly and the
Thls
voltage nses rapldly
as
the push up voltage
The voltage lS measured by
flux
to
connectIng
8
Flg
as
should be followed
ge
on
as
shown
m
Flg
9
ne
from thIS sta
Wlth the connections made
1
rator at
Flg
ln
no
9
have
Z
Z
500
the gene
B termlnal dlscon
load
and rotatIng
nected
speed
maklng
In
adjustments
cessary
shown
outhned below
procedure
The
core
AdjustIng
voltmeter be
a
tween the A and E terrrlnals
at
speclfled
rpm
Set the
plle
pressure
screw
the
adjusting
core
pOSl tIon
3
Tlghten
F screw
up
and determme the
If the F
voltage
ened
beyond
the
screw
push
up
5 volts
2
4
If
by adJustmg
obtamed but
nearly
than 10
the
lS
5 volts
procedure
voltage
Case
shown
as
posslble
AI
ln
lll
5 volts
the
the
speClfled push
push
up
AZ
so
push
up
that
up
up
p age
v
J
cJfr1fliould
voltage
the F screw
lS
up
87
r
voltag
J
0
I
cannot be
unscrewed back
If more
shghtly tIghtened
Then by followmg
loosened
hghtly
screw lS
screw lS
push
extremely fast
when near
Case
and the P
the P
measunng
l
nses
the F screw the
less than 10
to the noload
for
Wumg hook
9
Flg
tight
voltage
the voltage
500 rpm
be taken to tighten as slowly
10
push
lS
voltage
lS
redetermlned
5
When the
lS
pile
glven
a
reqUlred voltage
l1ght
lS
obtamed
shock to settle the
plles
the P screw
after whlch the
lS
flxed and the
push
up
voltage
rechecked
IS
6 After rechecking
load
voltage
the F
16 volts 2
15
screw
500 rpm
unscrewed lmtil the
lS
shown
lS
speclfled
The F screw
lS
no
then flX
ed
After the P and F
7
then restarted until lt
lS
checked to
fore
maklng
see
thlS
screws
are
flxed
the generator
reaches the
that
lS
test
speclfled speed
speClfled value
has the
the
plle
be glven
a
l1ght
and the
It
lS
shock
ln
lS
no
It
stopped
load
lS
voltage
lmportant that
order to bnng
be
lt to
stable condltion
a
When the above
adjustments have been completed the output should
ThlS IS checked by rotatmg
speclfled value
and
speclfled speed
lmpresslng a load
conform to the
automatically
the generator at the
Checking
The
out
Cut
out
Relay
at whlch the cut
voltage
relay pOlnts close lS checked
voltage lS determlned by slow
AdJust Spnng
ThiS
Relay
p01nt
ly
slng the speed of the gene
rator and readlng the voltmeter con
lncrea
nected
shown
as
10 until the
Gap
The proper cut ln
from 12 7 13 3 volts at
to
Flg
ln
close
pOlnts
voltage
lS
gap
L
r
Arm
250
I
lS
If the voltage checked
rpm
found to be too hlgh when the
close
pomts
shown
arm
the
m
relay adjusting
Flg
10
lS
lowered
to
weaken the flat
and lf too
spnng
low
the adjusting arm lS ralsed
tt strengthen
the spnng
However
hould be noted that the proper
gap dlstance of the relay parts are
gap 0 9
Relay pomt
Arm to
core
Arm to
core
The cut
onths
with
a
badly
out
Burnt
flne hie
worn
After
gap
pomts
Pltted
ered
0
open
dresslng
and other
000
sandpaper
replaced
out
relay Upper left shows
relay wlndmg detall
out
7
0
0
8
4
mm
0
5
mm
be
lnspected about once ln every two
poorly contaclng pOlnts should be dressed
or
pOlnt dresser
but
lt wlll be necessary to readjust the
actuating voltage of the cut out
If the
correct but the meter needle
wlll be
cut
mm
pOlnts closed
relay pOlnts should
should be
rect dlmenslOn
Cut
gap
No
10
Flg
lt
In
thlS
88
case
the
to be
pOlnt gap to the
relay lS found to
cor
be
ldhng
pOlnts
ldhng speed should be low
vIbrates when the englne
qUlckly damaged so that
by adJustlng the englne
pOlnts found
lS
the
Ammeter Indications
Checking through
Wl th
Those famllar
1
plle type
type when changmg
chargmg when the
the third brush
may thlnk that there
lS
to the
over
lnsufflClent
ammeter
there lS no need to worry
However
durlng dayhght
Slnce the
Reversely 1f after dnvmg for seve
battery lS fully charged
shll lndlcated around
and
the ammeter
ral hours durlng the day
pOlnte
check the
slde
In
thlS case
lt shows
lble
tro
15 amperes on the plug
for
of
Also
check
lncorrect
the battery
flU1d level and speClflc gravIty
Wl ring
and see lf any Wl rlng paired ImmedIately
lndlcahon
2
small
lS
the ammeter
Dunng mght
dnvlng
ampers
at 30 to 40 km
check
3
Dunng
peres charglng
y
even
ln
the
manner
ld
l
aro
lndlcate
lld
sho
pOlnter
If the lndlcahon
be made
lld
sho
up
the d
per hour
lS
as
more
han
descrlbed
0 when
10
mlnus
in
30 am
lt
abo
battery fully charged
lndlcated lmmedlately after operahng the
wlth the
current may be
There lS no need to worry SInce th s lS to restore the
starting motor
lt wlll return to the normal charpng
temporanly consumed battery and
condlhon wlthln 5 mlnlltes
STARTER MOTOR
power
Torque
1
4 HP
I
8
o
Brush sprlng tenslon
Length of brush
14
34
Dlameter of commutator
9
S1l4
03
mm
551
m
mm
I
340
m
i4
3
9
voltage
Over
Lock torque
5 volts
0
9 kg
m
Bendex type
Type of pmlOn gear
on
f
120
nng gear
Amendment l1mlt of short
dlmenslon on shaft dla
o
pmlOn slde
89
l
f
4
r
9
on
98 0 2 Ib
1
0
Less than 500 amps
Starhng current
plnlon gear
Number of tooth
12 NRD
kgm mlnlmum
I
9 0 I kg
1
13
Number of plnlon gear teeth
Number of tooth
4
12 volts
Voltage
Horse
I
MA
Model
I
mm
0
004
m
f
Ammendment hmlt of short
demenslon of shaft dla
rear
Gap
end
O
I
0
o
038
o
02
o
03
o
2
mm
0
008
m
O
I
mm
0
004
m
mm
04
m
between shaft and bush
pmlOn slde
Amendment limlt dlttoed gap
Gap between shaft and bush
rear
end
Amendment l1mlt dlttoed gap
0
095
0
76
0
mm
0 008
mm
0
mm
0012
Amendment l1mlt of deflechon
on
shaft
Amendment l1mlt of short
dlmenslon
Dlttoed
degree
2
mm
0
m
polan
o
05
o
4
002
0
mm
016
length
Amendment hmlt
Construction and
m
zed
wear
Bush
08
of real
clrcle
Dittoed l1mlt of
0
mm
9
mm
0
36
Operation
Flg
Starter
90
motor
In
0015
0
0038m
m
m
0
0030m
The starter motor
motor for
the front
use In
right
lS
a
I
4
horsepower shmng
startIng
extends out backwards wlth
m
Flg
on
the englne
16
on
slde of the transmisslOn Wlth lt6 plnlon gear directly op
The constructlOn of the starter motor lS Slml
to the ring gear
lar to that of the generator but dlffers
poslte
type electric
lnertla
The motor when mounted
a
only
pInlon group
that lts
ln
lnstalled
armature shaft
on
the end
as
shown
2
2
FIg
Bracket
I
A sectIonal
Commutator
2
011 cap
3
Yoke
4
Fleld cOli
5
Fleld
Vlew
slde
6
Flat head
7
Armature
8
Brakcet
Nlpple
11
screw
starter
9
10
core
of
motor
Mountmg
slde
Plnlon group
Band
12
Through
13
Termmal bolt
bolt
14
Commutator
Of
The connectIon
starter
lS
shown
ln
The starter sWltch
for
dlagram
Flg 3
lS a key type
the
con
blned Wlth the 19mtIon sWltch
By turnlng sWItch
tIon
the relay on
moves
to
permlt
to the
the
nght
duec
sWltC
l
magnetIc
current to flow to the
starter and cause the armature to
Flg
3
start turnlng
Starter Connection
1
2
3
Battery
Starter
dlagram
Magnetic sWltch
pInlon
ln
the
4
Starter motor
the
However
does not
pInlon group
turn because of the
but advances
button
suddenly
along
counter
the
welght
screw
cut
on
the plmon shaft and meshed lnto the
91
After advanclng about 14 mm
gear
the plnlon
completes the mesh
lnto
the
and
dnves
lt
Wlth
a
Ing
nng gear
The direcbon
powerful torque
ln whlch the
pmlOn moves lS from the end of the shaft towards the starter
rlng
bracket
thus
speed
ltS
reducbng
the
bendmg torque
becomes greater than the
After the englne
load
no
starts and
of the starter
speed
the pln
klcked back to unmesh and return to ltS former poslbon
lon lS
Operational
Precautions
The lnstrucbons to be observed when
I
The starter
should be
the englne
starbng
mounted
securely
on
follows
are as
the englne and should not
show any looseness
2
The
starter
leased
sWltch
should be
when the englne
lmmedlately
Excephng m extremely
wlthln
3
The starter
turnlng
4
the starter
When the
10 seconds
so
cold weather
sWltch should not be
the englne
sWltch
should
re
normally
when the englne
the pmlon to
start
come
ruimmg
lS
to rest before
agaln
englne falls to start after
In thlS case
battery
operated
allow bme for
do not conbnue
turnlng
the
check for
key
turnlng
bme
the starter
key
for
after bme but try to
over
save
the cause of the trouble and correct
that the engme w1l1 start
While in
CheckIng
I
sWltch
does
Wlth
lS
not
a
used
start
some
reason
Slnce
the
to return
1 s
and should be
10 seconds
If the englne falls to start
the
operated properly
starts
s
OperatIon
fully charged battery and wlth the lamps l1ghted the starter
If the lamps become dlm
especlally when the engme
the current lS flowlng through the starter motor cot but for
the armature
lS
not
Jle
trou1
a
lsually
Careful check should be made
turnlng
starter plnlOn may be locked
caused
ln
the
flywheel
by turnlng
on
nng gear
and unable
the starter whlle the englne
tlll runnlng
2
turn
When the
If the sWltch
nal and
checkerJ
or a
fects
hghts
ln
sWltch
remaln
sabsfactory
lS
starter motor
the sWltch
condltlon
connecbons of the
If the
turned up and the
bnght
but ltS
the above troubles
occaslonally
so
that
m
starter
and shows
thlS
case
are
defecbve
motor
falls to
of all the terml
sWltch and starter
movement
reslstance due to loose connecbon
a
If after
starter
should hrst be checked
then the condltlon
battery
runs
hlgh
badly dlscharged battery
3
rate
lS
ground
cates elther
starter
the
although
lS
ln
slugglsh
the starter
are
lt
lndl
Clrcult
corrected and the starter falls to ope
performance lt lS due to lnternal de
lt should be dlsmantled and checked
92
3010 cover
cover 3010
Front23 16
42
233
Brush
3010
23 62
3010
aSher
23 39
VI
@
3010
r23 3
Y
3010
de
gu
3010
on
asS
23 10
j23369
n
p
iLI
spring
e nde
3010
I
BrUsh 3010
r23360
w
1
spring
Insulatnl
Return
23 92
23 6
pe
p
pJ
ij
1
@
3010
BruSh 23 79
31301
0
It
2
26760
3010
23 6
e
t
a
S
A
23 15
Nlo
t
l3eL
r
L
t
Armature
to
23 37
@
asher
i
e
C
L
I
0W
I
Dismantlng and Disassembling
1
The starter
mountlng
The two
2
ed
be dlsmantled
are
removmg the two stud nuts
front end when mount
removed
After removlng the band
3
easlly by
the englne
bolts on the starter rear cover
on
stay
the englne
on
can
the starter
the brushes and lead
cover
re
Wires are
moved
By properly protectmg and hold1ng the
4
shaft
lS
the armsture
body
out
The armature and the front cover are taken out
5
together
the cotter pln
the plnlon group from the armature shaft
the pln
the end of the shaft lS pulled out and by removlng the pInIon nut
6
on
pulled
starter
lon
To
group
remove
lS
removed
Inspecting and Repalflng Parts
The
same
procedure
as
that for the
generator parts
lS
followed
determlnatlons
parts belng cleaned and lnspected after WhlCh
whether
can
be
reused
or
lf
or
to
replacements
repaHs
they
are
are
the
made as
necessary
for defects and lf the tooth face
lS worn or
lUspected
be
Worn
the
should
or broken
the tooth edge IS damaged
repalced
plnlOn
hasten
the
on
but
wlll
wear
teeth wlll not only make the gear mesh poorly
In
the
wlll
cause
ben
ng
the opposlng gear and also
poorly meshlng gears
The plUlOn
I
armature
shaft
lS
thlS last reason
For
to also check the
lng
lS found
worn or
care
should be taken
when
lnspect
and take remedlal measures lf the nng gear
flywheel
When
damaged
the plnlon lS found defectIve
replaced
the entue plnlon group
2
When
shaft to
bushlng
that for the
mature
we
lS
bendlng
generator and
replaced
corrOSlon
of the
found
core
are
Speclal
3
corrected to the
5
to see that
core
lnspected
speclfled
they
are
not
damaged
are
checked and
gap
hmlts
or
the
ar
contachng
and
msulatIon
tested
by
ln
accordance wlth the pro
to lmprove
are
or
At the
corrected
or
correct the
same
hme
replaced
carefully mspected and Wlres found
should be replaced
one
part especlally damaged by burnIng
wues are
An armature found wlth
stnctly
repaued
Especlally
and
the brushes are reseated
sprmg
The lnsulatIon on the
should be
core
the same manner as
by pol1shlng
contachng condltlon
or
ln
011
The armature lS
wlth weak
etc
the outslde surface of the armature or the lnner surface
and the surfaces palnted wlth
be removed
the brush and brush
4
shaft
attentlOn should be glven to the clearance bet
cedures outhned for the generator
brush
In
on
should
preventive
check the armature to
the armature
clearance
the armature and the
n
rust
lnspectlng
the msulatlOn test
94
Assmbling and Testing
Starter
Reassembhng lS performed by followlng the reverse procedure for dlS
All fnctlOnal parts are lubncated wlth mobIle all SAE 30
assemblmg
whlle the beanngs are coated Wlth a small amount of grease CIrCUlt ln the
sWItch and causes the
magnetic
close
also opens
I
CUCUlt
maln
S2
In
the
magnetic
CIrCUlt to
the starter sWltch button opens the magnehc CUCUlt WhlCh
Releaslng
Sz
Causes for
sWltch
magnetic
fallhng
operate
to
can
be dlvlded mto
electrlcal and mechanlcal sources
Causes for electncal troubles
Current fallure
A
the
through
magnetic
and defective
sWltch
ln
pressed
cOll
magnetic
WIre
due to broken soldered
lS
add the magnetic sWltch
connection from
ground
and the current falls to pass
most of the trouble
cUCUlt
connection between the
mlnal
magnetic CIrCUIt
ln
starter sWItch button
When the
the call
Wlre
to the
ter
magnehc
body
Defective contact
B
When the
magnetic
CUCUlt
ClrCUlt
ln
maln
lS
satisfactory
due to
Sz
and
Sz
lS
contact reslstance
closing
but
only
and the
a
Opposlte
flOWlng
hlgh
In elther case
the trouble
Sl opening but 52 remalnes closed
s
the
of
the
core
or
of
the
hes ln
contacting pOlnt
faulty movlng
roughnes
Therefore pohshed the surface well then the operation wlll be
surface
come satisfactory
small current
case
of sWltch
Causes for mechanlcal troubles
gUlde shaft on the
maln clrcult Sz
sticklng agalnst the
movlng core
be
ln thlS
case
hole
can
made
Correction
cover
by loosenlng the cover
them
4
so
that
the
shaft moves freely
and
screws
pleces
retightenmg
operate lS caused ln
of the magnetic sWItch
FaIlure to
2
by
the
Precauhon
In removlng nuts from the
when
many cases
lnstalhng
or
magnetic sWltch
removlng cables
maln
Clrcult termlnals
the lower nut of the double
nuts should
If the lower nut
IS loose
whlle unscrewlng
the
the
termlnal
to
cover
the termlnal bolt may turn together and ground
be
kept
and
ln
cause
Starter
The
a
tightened
damage
Troubles
followmg
state the starter
I
state
IS
lS
a
Their Causes and Remedies
l1st of troubles WhlCh
lnstalled
lS
checked to
If lt cannot be cranked
can
be determmed from
the
the englne
Starter falls to turn
The engme
If lt
on
can
be cranked
easlly
cked and corrections made
see
lf lt
can
the englne
the starter
accordlngly
95
lS
be cranked
by hand
at fault and should be checked
mcludmg
the wlnng should be che
Is the
flUld
battery
to see If lt
run
lS
Check the
down
1
over
speclfic graVlty of the battery
recharge or replace the battery as
240 and
found necessary
All loose
battery
and
ground
cables
should be cleaned and
properly
tightened
Magneto grease
I
No
or
Gargoyle
BRB
All cord connections
carefully tightened
and
speclal
tentlOn glven to the condltion
lnsulatlOn
by testing
slngle umt usmg
ed battery
Tests
a
a
4
Flg
Torque testmg
braklng
In thlS
motor when lnstalled
starter
flrst warmed up
Then wlth the throttle valve
the starter lS actuated
In addltion
made
easlly
lf
and
a
starter motor
tester
lS
9
on
lS
ln
used
made wlth
or
m
torque
wlth
4
Flg
lS
by
measured
the normal value
case
should be 0
To test the
as
fully charg
are
shown
apparatus
whlch
apparatus
the starter
a
starter motor tester
the
at
of
The assembly check
made
lS
are
kg
m
the englne
fully
closed
performance
the englne
pOSltion
tests
can
be
accurately
Construction of MagnetIc SWI tch and Instructions
The magnetic sWltch
serves
to close
permlts
starting
large
a
or
The
starter
pnnClples
of
stopped
operation
the
sWltch
can
be
lS
trouble
m
lmproperly contacting
from
through
to
keep
Flg 4
the
cu
Closmg
the magnetic
lt should be corrected
the magnetic Clrcult
starter brushes
the brushes
and corrections or
the armature should be checked
After
motor
serves
seen
sWltch S 1 allows the current to flow
If there
For
apparatus when the englne lS belng started
battery and the starter motor and
current to flow and actuate the starter
when the engme lS
cUlt open
the
lS an
the ClrcUlt between the
together wlth
replacement made as
found necessary
If all of the above checks wlth theH
made and the starter
be
ln
the starter
shll falls to
corrE
operate
spondlng
the trouble
repaus have been
be assumed to
can
ltself so that lt should be removed from the engme and
checked
Thls
ter
lS
lS
exceedlngly
not
locked
pmlon
usually caused by
lS
not too
fourth
severe
speed
thlS trouble
badly
It
lS
the englne for
the
worn
can
and
but care should be taken to
rare
mto
flywheel
gears
checkmg
and
by plaClng
back and forth
rockmg
frequently repeated
car
see
the starter
repaus
96
that the star
Cases l1ke
meshlng lmproperly and
be remedled
the
nng gear
the gear
thlS
are
If the defect
shlft lever lnto
to free the gears
If
should be dlsmanted from
r
III
1
Q
l
Flg
2
5
Magnetlc
Starter turns but ltS
sWltch
but lts
turns
turlllng
power
IS
weak
and falls
to start the englne
If the trouble
ln
lS
magnetlc sWltch
scnbed
a
down
run
and
stlcklng
the
etc
tator
due to
worn
ln
checklng and repalrs
precedlllg chapters
the
battery
are
If the outer surface of the armature
starter
should be dIsmantled
BesIdes the above
If the trouble
be
ty
lS
repalced but 1f lt IS
and not allowlng the
Starter
should be
repaired
Ratthng
nOlse
by retlghtenmg
correcting
commu
same manner
rubblng agalnst
the
core
as
de
the
repaHed
of the plnlon
meshlng lmproperly
teeth
bemg badly worn the
screw
gUlde on the pmlOn
nOlsy when
nng gear
or the gear
caused
by
ln
gears
shaft
should
dir
belllg
operatlOn
checked and lf the teeth
lS
are
deformed
they
replaced
loose starter
mountlng
by
brushes
lmproperly contacting
only produces nOlse
thlS condltion not
as
bolts
are
corrected
the armature reqUlres
but wlll hasten
wear on
parts
NOlses made
by
caused
too
lS
bushlng so the
and bushlllg lS
lubncation
or
Cdse
the
troubles
damaged
the bolts
NOlse caused
tlon
the
IS
due to the
exceedlllgly
They flywheel
both
there
ln
and
pllllon to advance smoothly and causlllg Improper
the shaft should be cleaned and olled
meshlllg
3
lS
dirty
made
dlsassembled and
due to the gear
loose termlnals
brushes
by
worn
the armature
large
a
parts should
due to lack of all
Lubncate
once
reqUlred
lS
about 0
5
be
so
the
core
whlle
ln
opera
Wear between the shaft
replaced
that attention
should be glven
every half year USlllg
moblle Oll and lubncate the
of all
rubblng agalnst
clearance between the armature shaft and the
cc
parts through
the Oll
for each bracket
97
good grade
mpples
to
proper
of machlne
The amount
BATTERY
lZV
Voltage
CapaClty
50AM
ZOH
Earth
Speclflc gravlty of
electrolyte
Level of electrolyte
The CEDRIC
ZOOC
I Z80
at
10
Above
mm
electrode
eqUlpped wlth one of the above makes of battenes
The
speclhcatlons of the Japanese Standard Type battery
lnterlor construction conslsts of 6 cells each havlng a termlnal voltage
of 2 volts
the voltage produced between the
and
term nals be
lS
meetlng the
lZ volts
lng
the
on
and when Installed
ground
The battery
the
car lS
the
car
the
termlnallS made
when mstalled
located
slde of the
nght
on
on
englne
CH4RGER
the
4
room
whlch makes H easy to
lnspect
when the hood lS ralsed
However
there
to be lax
ln
only
tendency
servlclng the bat
care
wlll
shorten the hfe of the
battery ltself
but wlll lower the
performance
of the
care
car so
should be taken to
malntaln
the
of condition
0
a
Improper
tery
not
lS
of the
battery
ln
DILUTE
that
always
SULPHuRIC
Al
OISCI
t
AGIO
CljFUC
SlJlPI
RGINO
8
the best
CHA
ACID
GING
The constructlon
battery together
Flg
wlth the
chemlcal action caused by charg
ng and dlschargmg are shown n Flg
The constructlOn
Chemlcal actlOn of battery
I
exceedlngly slmple conSlsting of ebonite cells hl
electrolyte ln WhlCh are placed chocolate colored posltlVe plates
and gray colored negatlVe plates wlth wooden separaters lnserted ln bet
ween the
plates
When a load lS placed between the
ppSltlve and negative termlnals
the battery wlll d scharge due to the chemlcal actlon of the active sub
1
e
lead dIoxlde In the poslhve
stanceS
plates sponge form lead ln
the negatlve plates
and dllute sulphunc aCld ln the electrolyte
occur
I
In thlS case
the lead
ring wlthln the battery as shown ln Flg
dlOxlde and the sponge form lead react WIth the dllute sulphunc aCld
lS
led wlth
the lead
fllm
on
porhon
and the sulfate
the surfaces of both the
portlon comblnmg to form a lead sulfate
posltlve and the negatlveplates
98
Thus
the
as
becomes
wscharglng
dllute
more
the
sulphunc
speClflC gravlty drops
contmues
the
aCld
the
electrolyte
dlscharg capa
ln
and the
a charger lS
If at thlS hme
Clty b ecomes less
placed
and
termlnals
and
current forced to flaw
pOSltive
negative
between the
ln
the opposlte
dIrection to that of
dlscharglng the lead sulfate covermg the plates wlll be
decomposed to Increase the denslty of the dllute sulphurlc aCld ralse the
The above
speclflc gravlty and restore the battery to ltS former state
lS an outhne of the dlscharglng and
charglng pnnclples of the battery
It lS requested that these pnnclples be thoroughly understood before serVl
Clng the
battery
ServI cmg
I
ExternallnspectlOn
Rust
corrOSlon
or
Damage
Damage
It
from
so
termlnals
battery
on
battery
battery posts and lmproper
feaslble to check the above pOlnts
lS
the
ln
case
ln
should be taken to
Care
car
that any abnormal
corrOSlon
keep
the
remOVIng the
battery
can
qUlckly
be
battery
clean at all times
overflowlng
of the connechons
and other vlslble troubles
tery flUld
contact
wlthout
of the bat
detected and the
cause
determlned
Battery electrolyte
2
FIUld level
battery flUld gradually decreases due to the loss of water
the vent plugs In each cell
caused by evaporation and electrolyhc action
flUld
level
It
lS
are removed and the
checked
Important to malntaln the
If the flUld
24
above
the
flUld level at about 20 to
mm
battery plates
fluld
wlll
rlse
due
the speclflc gravlty
to
level becomes low
becomlng con
of
the
wlll
become
the paste m the exposed part
severely
centrated
plate
5mce the
concentrated through oXldahon
dlfflculty
wlth
together
the
battery performance
wlll be lowered
recovery
ln
and shortenlng of the battery bfe
The flU1d level should be checked
about tWice
or
a
a
week
hot reglOns
In
dUring
week
dunng
wlnter
the flUld
from
In
If vlsual caps
can
the
or
top
once
cold
replemshed
and the flUld
glOns
found low
summer
and about
be observed
wlthout the
are
re
lf
used
PERMISSIBLE
HIGHEST LEVEL
directly
PERMISSIBLE
LOWEST LEVEL
necesslty
I
As
plugs
plug center
of removlng th e vent
shown
wlll
ellS
level
ln
Flg
2
the
WHEN
apear colored 1f the flUld lev
whlte 1f the
normal and
CORRECT
Flg
WHEN
TOO
LOW
2
appear
lS
low
Checkmg
99
flUld level
through
vent
plug
Replemshlllg flUld
The battery flUld lS replemshed
due to water
lS
aCld
sulphunc
water from
water
and not to
only
d
not us
lS
or
proVlded the lose
Dllute
overflowlng
If dlstllled water
thlS case
many cases contalns
ln
troubles
not obtalnable
lS
other clean water may have to be used
malns or
Clty
lS
wlth dlstllled water
battery
punfYlng agents
lron or
a
As
flltel
Clty
such as
used
punc should be
After replemshmg the battery flUld
least 20 mlnutes
dure should be
replemshed
water
separatmg
due to
leakage
that
caused
the cell
ln
be
m
cold reglons due to the fact that lf the
slow to stand wlthout mlxlng
to the
Wlth dllute
replaced
as
lS
the trouble
battery
observed
speClally
flUld
battery should be charged at
mlX thoroughly
ThlS proce
the
order to allow the flUld to
ln
there
lS
danger
a
of the
If the fluld level becomes low
top and freezlng
by overflowmg from
vent
plug
from
or
damages m
replemshed or
speClflc gravlty
should be corrected f1rst and the flUld
sulphunc
aCld made up to the
When the flUld becomes
there
same
lt should
exceedmgly dnty
mlxed
the flUld
The denslty of
replaced
lmpuntles
replemshlng or replacmg flUld IS determlned by the speclhc gravlty
A sl1ghtly
determlnatlOn procedure descnbed ln the followlng chapter
lower speclf1c gravlty of I 260 lS used mstead of the normal I 280 at 200C
the battery lS wlped to remove all traces of splllage and
After replemshlng
the vent plug crewed ln tlghtly
The plug lS cleaned at thls tlme to allow
the gas to escape freely from the vent hole
smce
are
ln
the
Specifi c Gravity
The
speClf1c gravlty
and
charge
be from
normally
Vlty
270 to
1
lS
vanes
battery
speClhc gravlty should
By measurmg the speClf1c gra
fully charged
290
wlth the state of
at 200C
the
battery flUld wlth a hydrometer
state of battery charge can be determlned
speClflc gravlty lS read at the upper part of
The
shown
order
falls below
I
state of
220
I
280
SpeClf1c gravlty
the
lS
when
lS
correctlons
determlne the actual
to
harged
c
factor
spec1flc gravlty
the flUld
temperature of
converSlon
10YIlng
The
the lllustratlon
ln
that the
r
Vlt
I
battery
flUld
battery
of the
The
so
when the
of the
state of
battery
r
are
each
battery charge
charged
converSlon
and reversely
a
nse
drop
ln
In
at
once
of the fol
at 20
speClf1c
until the
o
C
ln
gra
fully
eached
fully
charted
factor for
0007
the
temperature
temperature
20 C
I C
o
I C
If the
as
temperature
use
made to the condltlon
should be
0
For
graduahon
wlth the
measured and wlth the
I 280 at
Temperature
the
vanes
speClf1c graClty decreases 0 0007
the speclf1c gravlty corres
lncreases
pondmgly
The
nlshlng
reason
or
for uSlng
replaclng
a
flUld
havlng speclf1c gravlty
as mentloned above
100
lS
of I 260 for
reple
to take lnto conslderatlon the
flUld
becomlng concentrated due to chargmg and lowenng of flUld level m
the
Even lf a speClf1c
fully charged speclf1c gravlty about I 280
maklng
of I 280
gravlty
22
wlth the
of
over
top
I
If the
taken
shown when the flUld
of the
plates
lS
at the normal level of about
the flUld level
when lt becomes
wlll concentrate the flUld to
plates
a
speclflc
speclflc gravlty
the hfe of the
Termmal
becomes
battery
voltage
hlgher
than I
30
wlll be shortened
rapldly
at each cell
determlne the condltlon of the
An tester
lS
By
battery
tester
the values
battery charge
the
voltage drop by
used to determme
mmals of the cell and
A
gravlty
cauhon should be
By the above method of determlnlng speClflc gravlty
tery charge can be determlned but the followlng methods
to
even
310
Slnce
3
lS
above the top of the
mm
permlttlng
lS
used to
measured
a
large
current to
state
can
also be used
contactmg both ter
flow
through
the termlnal
measure
the condlhon of the
of bat
the
voltage of
battery charge can
the tester
each cell
be deter
mlned
A method
frequently
used to determlne the
state of
battery charge lS
acros s
the battery termlnals to permlt a
place
spark to fly and making the determlnatlOn by observmg the strength of the
Thls method should
spark
absolutely be aVOlded as there lS danger of
19mtlng the gas generated from the battery of nearby combustlble fumes
The prevlOusly descnbed methods and the followmg chart should be used
lnstead
to determlne the condltlon of the
battery
Although the mternal performance of a battery can be easlly deter
mlned by maklng a dlscharge test wlth a battery tester
frequent use lS
not recommended as lt w1l110wer the capaClty of the
It lS nec
battery
essary that tests be made ln accordancd wlth the followmg chart and wlth
to
ln
a
Wlre
or
metal tool
15 seconds
TermInal
voltage
Under
Over
SpeClf1c gravlty
20
C
I
75
I
80
I
85
1
170
1
190
I 95
I
200
I
220
Under
1
140
I
140
2
00
1
230
I
250
2
10
I
260
I
280
Battery
condltlon
Complete dlscharge
Imposslble to use
1 4 charged
1 2 charged
3 4 charged
Fully charged
Determinmg Repairab Ify
The above
completes the lnstructlons on correct use and malntenance of
battery
battery lS overdlscharged the plates lnslde the cells wlll
become warped and the surface of the plates wlll be covered wlth whlte lead
sulphate
the
If the
101
plug the many smaJl holes
mternal
reslstance and cause the
crease
ThlS wlll
d1fflcult
recharglng
the
place
plates
It
ln
separators
to
In
whlch wll1 make
thlS case to repair
or
re
battery
the
m
voltage drop
l be necessary
wl
the wooden
ln
Charging
Whenever the
battery
and when the battery flmd
repaired
and also whlle the battery
replaced
has been
has been
lS
ln use
and the
voltage
consumphon the generator lnstalled on the
drops
In such cases
the bat
car lS unable
to malntaln suff1Clent chargmg
or replaced l
ln faulty condlhon and the battery
lS
flmd
tery
replenlshed
due to
charged by
I
large
electncal
connechng lt to
Instruchons
The flUld level
of the
plates
on
battery charger
charglng procedures
normal
on
lS
a
checked to
vlslble
that lt
see
type plugs
lS
about 22
mm
above the
should be up to the normal level
lt
top
m
dlcahon
Note
The vent
plugs
on
The termlnals should be
lng to the surface
of the
The
all cells
should be removed whlle
pohshed
to
battery termmal
lS
remove
charglng
dirt and flUld adher
all
dlrect current
connected to the
termmal of the
charger and the
The charglng
charger
termmal of the
termlnal of the
lS
battery to the
made Ylth a current of 6
to
8
amperes
nses so that the
ltage
vo
chargmg progresses the battery
and the
charglng current belngs to decrease whlle small bubbles appear
As
the
speclf1c gravlty
starts nSlng
charglng current bemg small
chargmg
long
voltage should be ad
a
In
to
malntaln
from
time
order
time to
steady chargmg current
Justed
8
When
the
of 6 to
chargmg progresses so that the voltage m
amperes
2 5 volts and the speClhc gravlty over
than
each cell becomes hlgher
and the flUld w1l1 presnet a mllkey
n
I 280
gas wlll be glVE off vlgorously
If the charglng
continued
lS
wlll make the
1
l
the
lS
as
so
time very
that the
appearance
l
bout
a
When thlS
lS
the
reached
charglng
current
4 amperes and the cha rgmg contmued until the
comes
tive
condlhon
That
constant
readlngs
hie charglng
lS
of the termlna
voltage
IS
reduced to
speclf1c gravlty
be
lS continued until three consecu
and the
speclf1c gravlty
Corrected
the charglng
taken every hour shows a contant value
a 20 hour rate current through the battery
to temperature
bemg made by passmg
If the
current lS
temperature
reduced to
until the temperature
The above
lS
half
or
hlgher
the
than
charglng
450C durmg chargmg
lS
dlscontinued for
uSlng a low
completed
m
a
the
whlle
drops
charglng lS made by
for ordlnary recharglng
chargmg
nse
generally
used
long charglng
tlme
the constant current charglng method
Inltial
but
should
one
about
current and
the
a current descnbed above lS used and
12 to
16 hours
102
The pOlnt to be observed
charglllg should
there
lS no
charglllg lS determlmng the time when the
The completion hme must be such that
If overcharged more than
undercharglng
ln
be dlscontlllued
overcharging
or
the
charglng current wlll be used up ln
the water
ln the
and not only w1l1 the loss be
flUld
battery
great but thlS wlll hasted
the aglng of the
due to tem
necessary
decomposlng
plates
EfflClent
nse
peratur
attalned when the
lS
made With
the
least
charglng
charglng lS
posslble a
mount of gas
beIng generated
begllls to be generated at the
hme the battery voltage begllls ltS
a
Gas
sudden
2
4 volts
ctncal
Therefore
source
allled at 2
tery
3
voltage
lS
malnt
4 volts
the bat
wlll be unable
battery
to
nse
be char
can
J
wlth the least amount of gas
Thls lS the
belng generated
stant voltage charglng method
whlch
an
exceedlngly large
of current flows at the
the
i
i3
w
0
3 to
If the ele
voltage
to 2
and the
hlgher
ged
from around 2
nse
o
and
a
10
the
cur
voltage
prachcally no current flow
Clhc gravl ty after
charge
lt
lS
the spe
completlng the
charglng
use
w
a
a
0
5
adjust
necessary to
constant current
H a
i
Z
there
to
89m
when the bat
source
However
lng
2
J
4
5
0 7
OHARG INO HOUR
Constant current
Flg 3
charglng characterlshcs
as
W
wlll be
I
amount
tery voltage becomes equal to the
electrical
o
III
start but
charging progresses
rent decreases
ELECTROLYTE TEMPEqATUAE
2
con
60
N
RESOURCE
VOLTAGE
2J
the
2J
r
TERMINAL VOLTAGE
for thlS
purpose
CURRENT
2
J
CHAROINO HOUR
J
Constant voltage
Flg 4
charglng charactenshcs
2
InstructlOns
qUlck charglllg
charglng
necesslty of removlllg the battery from the car
and for maklng the charge ln a short hme
the qUlck charger lS used
In
the
lS
a
a
has
there
to
current
to
uSlng
qUlck charger
tendency
pass
large
the
and
also
the
hfe
the
hme
but
ln
order
to
of
ten
protect
charglng
plates
the battery
the speclfled current should not be exceeded and the charglng
current made as small as posslble
For
on
wlthout the
103
InstructIons
Storing
1
Even lf the
Therefore
battery
should be checked for ltS
a
full
charge
not
belng used
whlch has not been
battery
a
lS
state
at the start and
a
ln
lt
use
w1l1 self
for
a
dlscharge
long penod of
tlme
If the battery lS not to glven
charge
malntammg
charge every month
l1ght
of
thereafter
2
If the battery
termlnal
ground
vent dlscharglng
the
3
place
If the
lS
on
battery
battery
When
to
be stored
m
order to pre
battery
alone
battery
lS
to be stored
car
whlch
wlped
to
lt
should be
flUld overflows and adheres to the
keep
lt
kept
m
a
cool
sunhght
the aCld should be neutrahzed
the surface
a
and hre hazards
and away from dnect
4
lS
should be dlsconnected
not removed from
the
ln
dry
by wlplng
condltlon
J
J
l
t
104
surface of the
wlth alkah soluhon and
ConstructIon of ChassIs
r
n
4
CLUTCH
105
GENERAL
DATA
Type
Clutch
cyhnder bore
operatmg cyhnder bore
Number of faclngs
master
Clutch
Total fnchon
Thlcknes
s
875
19
05
as s
5
mm
3
mm
8
4
m
m
203
x
146
x
3
2
8
x
5
x
0
125
312
area
of dlsc
15
plate
2
Slze
FaClng
dISC
Slngle dry
Hydrauhc
Method of operahon
7
sq
mm
48
cm
m
4 sq
m
y
Free
Compres
plate spnng
Free length
Fltted length
load
sed
Less than 8
45
mm
0
333
m
Less than 7
15
mm
0
282
m
Pressure
55
6
bearmg
mm
56
I
Release
2
mm
39
17
m
12
79
at
kg
173
at
m
41b
t4
8
contact ball
Angular
beanng
40 TNK 20
of release
Helght
Release
plate
run
Flywheel facmg
Clutch
10
52
plate
out
run
out
2
mm
03
mm
0
o
05
mm
0
12 20
pedal play
pedal hlght
Clutch
2
o
m
002
m
0
mm
5 mm
160
10
05
001
6 0
8
3 0
6
at center of
pat
01
m
m
2
m
from toe board
DRIVEN PLATE ASSEMBLY
Thls
to
a
call
dlSC
lS
the flexlble
WhlCh
type
m
whlch the
sphned
transmlts the power and the
spnngs held
ln
Two fnchon
bnlngs
poslhon by retalnlng
are
hub
over
lS
run
mdHectly
through
attached
number of
a
Wlres
nveted to the dlsc
GOVER ASSEMBLY
The
assembly conslsts of pressed
plate located by SlX springs
cover
i
pressure
Mounted
on
the pressure
plate
are
floatmg plns retamed by eye bolts
the eye bolts and secured by staklng
on
the
lugs
Anh
on
the pressure
plate
steel
and
a
cast
three release levers whlch
Adjustment
Struts
are
nuts
are
plate
106
lron
plVot
screwed
on
lnterpos sed between
and the outer end of release levers
rattle springs load the release levers
connect the release lever
cover
and retainer spnng
RELEASE BEARING
The release
the
conslsts of sealed
bearmg
fork and the release
operahng
beanng
type
ball
bearmg
It located
by
retamer spnng
CLUTCH PEDAL
When
the
pedal
works
so
depresslng
comes
reversely
the
pedal
but when the
to half way
to push down the
that the lower end of the
mm
full
from
pedal
pedal
pedal
As
goes
over
the return
has tenslon of 2
to
2
5
kg
at
182
poslhon
about 17
the pedal
reqUlred strength
kg
becomes 12
17
hghter due to the operatlOn of
the toe board
but lt
depressmg
return
push back until
clllS poslhon It
spnng lS adjusted
the return spnng works to
lS
ln
a
thlS
spnng
TOFRONTAXlEc
351
Tlghtemng torque
Clutch
Brake Pedal
AdjustIng
HeIght
slum Nos of sheet
for standard usage
30611 27260 1 6 t
2 Sheet
each
3061227260
3061327260
0 8
0 5
AdJust
t
able
t
6 sheet
CI utch pedal full stroke
Clutch pedal excess stroke
after connectmg clutch
All stroke at top of withdrawal
14 5
m
r
m
lever
Excess stroke after dlscon
nectlng clutch
Strength
to
press the pedal for
3 8
IS
m
m
kg
full
Brake pedal full stroke
Brake pedal stroke at 60 kg
strength
to
118
68
m
m
m
m
Flg
press the pedal
107
Retainer
sprong
30513 26760
Bearing
sleeve
Release bearong
30502 32200
Clutch cover
30211 30100
DISC
30100 32203
30501 32200
@l
Release
lever pin
30225
31300
Eye bolt
30224 31300
Anti rattle sprong
30231 30100
Flg
2
Clutch
Ii 1
c
01
S
l
i
D
i
Flg
J
A
J
3
l
ri
It
J
e
t
V
f
jt
v
r
ii
i
L
J
1
r
St
i
Flg
108
4
i
tl
Removing the Clutch
To galn access to the clutch lt
mlSSlon complete from the englne
Once the
transmlSSlon
unlt
untll the spnng presslng
Then remove the screws
tlon
from
the
unless
thlS settlng
out
plate
causmg
new
are
free
completely
usmg
tool
adjusted
Flg
to
The tool compnses the
a
speed brace and metal box
the pahcular parts to be used
selec
plate assembly
Interference wlth
wlll throuw the pressure
Gduging
5
the clutch
can
be
qUlckly dlsmantled
of accuracy
hlgh degree
base
plate centre plllar spac
setscrews
hlght f1nger actuahng mechanlsm
thlS tool
As
for
of the hd of the box
the mSlde
ty dlagonal
assembly
on
followlng parts
dlstance pleces
lng washers
hme
Judder
serVlce
reassembled and
set
have to be htted
parts
a
and hft the clutch assembly away
the dnven
remove
correctly
Dismantling Assembling
By
turn at
a
rehved
lS
Flnally
flywheel
The release levers
lS
f1rst necessary to remove the trans
lS
lS
UIllversal
patlcular types
Tool No
a
chart
lndlcatlng
of clutch wIll be found
on
4799
Dismantling
Wlth tIle clutch
assembly
select
three spacmg washers
Flg 5 lnset
code letter
over
the
and place them
B
on
the
Release lever
helght
md
cator
2
Dlstance plece
3
Center
4
Clutch
plllar
cover
5
Set
6
Pres
7
Thrust spnng
washer
8
9
screw
sure
plate
SpaClng
Base plate
10
Lock nut
II
AdJustlng
12
Release lever
Now
the holes
place
ln
screw
the clutch
the cover
assembly
on
the three spnng washer so that
tapped holes m the plate msert
COlnclde wlth the
109
the setscrews
selechon
ble
ThlS
pOlnts
Mark the
most
punch
httle at
a
by dlagonal
hme
to the base
plate
lmportant lf the best results
that the
so
be reassembled
can
parts
lS
tighten them a
fumly attached
are
at all
pas
Sl
to be achleved
cover
centre
a
cover lS
pressure
and release levers
plate lugs
Wlth
and
provlded
unhl the
thelr relahve
posltion
in
to mamtaln the balance
C
f1
ln
order
T
of the
clutch
TT
Detach the release lever
plate
frorn the
retalmng spnngs
the three eye bolt
and
remove
nuts
adjusting nuts
Slowly release the
or
the spnngs
on
dlagonal
pressure
unscrewmg by
selechon
the setscrews
secunng the cover to the base
The clutch can be hfted
plate
for
to expose all
components
lnspection
The release levers
r
struts and spnngs
eye bolts
should be examlned for
dIstorhon
wear
Renew these
and
parts
If necessary
beanng In mlnd
that the thrust springs must only
be renewed
the
sets
ln
Clean all
parts
and lubncate
beanng surfaces of the levers
eye bolts
spanngly
etc
wlth
J
grease
Flg
5
Ass
tool
embhng
J11bl i ng
A
I
Place the pressure
plate
over
the three spacIng washers
on
the base
wlth the thrust spnngs ln poslhon on the pressure plate
see
Flg 6
Assemble the release lever
eye bolt and pm holdmg the threaded end of
pl ate
the
eye
bolt the
lnner
l1th the other hand
sufhclently
hole
the
m
end of the lever
lnsert
to allow the
the
plalp
strut
as
ln
close
end of the eye
the pressure plate
Move the strut upward lnto the slot
together
the slots
on
as
possIble
plate lug
the pressure
bolt to be mserted
m
to the
ln
ridge
on
ln
the short end of the lever and
the pressure
drop
lt
plate lug
and over
mto the groove formed
the latter
Flt the other two levers
ln a
slmllar
manner
Place the
cover
over
oIlr
the assembled
parts
ensuring that the anb rattle spnngs
110
are ln
posltlOn
and that the
tops of
the thrust spnngs
In addlhon the machlned
cover
are
dHectly
under the seats
the
ln
porhons of the pressure plate lugs must
cover through whlch
they have to pass
be
directly under the slots ln the
Compress the pressure pnngs by screwlng down the cover to tile
base plate by usmg the
speclal set screw placed through each hole m the
cover
Tlghten the screw a httle at a hme by dIagonal selectlon to pre
vent dlstorhon to the
ln
caver
The eye bolts and pressure
the cover at the same hme
Flnally repeat
are
seahng
the
plate lugs
procedure
make qUlte
to
properly and gauge agaln
plate on the hps of the
sure
the holes
the release levers
the eye bolt nuts and ht
Secure
release levers
the release lever
of the three retalnlng spnngs
a httle at
Release the setscrews
gUlded through
must be
by
then secure
means
remove
tr e clutch
assembly
from
by dlagonal
tlme
a
the base
selectlon
and
plate
Gaugi ng
Screw the nuts mto the eye
Screw the centre
the
plllar
plllar
followed
the
by
bolts and
proceed
lnto the base
as
and
shp
plate
shaped heIght f1nger
cam
follows
the dlstance plece
Adjust
the
over
of
helght
by screwlng
unscrewlng the eye bolt nuts unhl the
when rotated
Just contact the helghest pomt on the tlp of the
the release levers
helght flnger
or
release levers
Replace
see
Flg
the
and
helght f1nger
Plllar by
the clutch actuatmg mechamsm
and actuate the clutch several hmes
5
by operatmg the
edges
handle
theH kmfe
Thls wlll enable the parts to settle down
of
the helght flnger and dlstance plece and readjust the helght
on
Replace
checked for
the release levers
lf the
error
wlthln thlS
or
lS
more
than 0
It
f1gure
02
In
to
as
over
press
lmportant
lS
out
run
keep
near
the
edge
the
as
possIble
untlllt
hlgh spots
faClngs free
from
fnchon
as
true
lS
Oll
r
grease
J
t
Refacing the
If
a
new
Driven Plate
complete
clutch dnven
be f1tted to the old dnven
plate
The nvets should not be
the correct tool
punched
lS
plate
the
m
Each nvet should be removed
then lf
6
by
usmg
holes over the heads
on
Opposlte
already formed
should then be mounted
on a
a
Rlvet
out
not avallable
the
not aVllable
followmg
use
the
roll the nvet shanks securely agamst
should then be nveted
IS
a
3
dIameter dnll
mm
one new
faClng
In
poslhon
blunt ended center
punch
to
second facmg
The
wlth the clearance
plate
the hrst
mandrel between center s
111
may
J
5
plate
httlng
hnlngs
manner
slde of the
ln
new
faClng
The
and checked
plate
fqr
1
rr
run
out
pres
ln
tant to
as
near
saver
keep
RefItting
Place
the
edge
as
hlgh spots
faclngs
posslble
untlllt
fnctlon
lS
lf the wabbhng
true wlthln thlS
lS
more
f1gure
It
tha
lS
l
0 02
lmpor
free from 011 or grease
the Clutch
the dnven
plate on the flywheel wlth the longer chambered
sphned
plate hub towards the transmlSSlon
The dnven plate should be centrahsed by a dummy irlve shaft whlch
fits the sphned bore of the dnven
plate hub and the Pllot beanng of the
flywheel
The clutch cover assembly can now be secured to the
flywheel by
means
of the holdmg screws
tlghtenmg them a turn at a tlme by dlagonal
end of the dnven
selection
There
Remove
a
35 ft Ibs
are
two dowels
dummy
4 84 kg
shaft
on
the
flywheel
to locate
screws
are
ln
the clutch cover
fully hghrened
m
Ref1t the release
straln
ln
after these
beanng
and transmlSSlon case
the dnve shaft and dlstortlon of the dnven
f
r
l
112
welght avold
assembly
plate
The
DESCRIPTION OF CLUTCH CONTROL
The clutch
lS
from
operated
a
master
cyhnder by
of
means
a
suspened
pedal
A
mounted
cyl1nder
operating
the clutch bell houslng
on
lS
coupled
to
the clutch
shaft
7
2
J
1
Components of
Flg
1
Push rod
Master
3
Stopper
4
Plston
6
sembly
cyhnder
2
5
as
rubber boots
cup ring
cup
8
Primary cup
Master cyhnder plston
Let m valve as sembly
9
Let
7
10
ln
Return
Plston return sprlng
12
Clutch master
ass
secondery
valve
spnng
spnng
seat
cyhnder
11
nng
Ondery
Sec
the master
cyhnder
body
y
valve
release pln
13
Let
14
Rlng
15
Gasket
16
Flller cap gasket
17
Cap
18
End
19
End
ln
1
f
plug gasket
plug
When pressure to the clutch pedalls apphed the pIston of the master
ln turn
the cyl1nder and Vla a plpe hne
cy lJnder dlsplaces the flU1d ln
of the clutch
the
lever
of
the
the
moves
cyhnder pushmg agalnst
plston
shaft
113
The Master
Cylinder
The master
bore
rod
and
reservou
stopper
nng
spnng
The end of
conslsts of
cyhnder
wlth
cap
The
plston
rlng
cyhnder
lS
alloy body
an
a
pohshed
hmsh
assembly lS made up of the push
valve and valve
sprlng seat spnng
cups
protected by
a
rubber boot
Cylinder
the Clutch Master
Dismantling
wlth
lnner
Dlsconnect the pressure plpe unlOn from the cyhnder and remove the
the master cylmder and may be wlthdrawn co
plete
secunng bolts then
from the
car
boot and remove the
push
Pull back the rubber
P and dram out the flUld
wlth
a
The
of
ring
stopper
pair
long nosed phers
the f1l1er
Remove
rod and nng
When the
Cd
then be removed
and unscrew the release pln
rod has been removed the plston wlth cups attached wlll
can
push
exposed remove the plston assembly complete
the
The assembly can be separated by l1ftmg the spnng seat edge over
the
return
shouldered end of the plston
plston
spring allowlng
Depress
the valve assembly to shde through the elongated hole of the spring seat
be
releaslng the
thus
Examlne all
for
cups
wear
tenslOn
the
spnng
espeClally the gasket cyhnder
replace the new parts
parts
or
on
dlstortlon and
bore
and plston
where necessary
Assembl I ng
Smear the
the
assembly
assembly
well wlth the recommended brake flUld
lnto the bore of the
cyl1nder
end wlth plston cups
and
l1ps
ln
lnsert
the
bore
lp
mto tl e cyhnder
nng
place the push rod wlth the secondary C
the
whlch
lnto
the
engages
groove machmed m the
wed by
stopper rmg
cylmder body
the umt by means of the two bolts
Replace the rubber boot and secure
on the flange and ref1t the pressure plpe unlon mto the cyhnder
R
i
fo l
The
Operating Cylinder
Thls
cyhnder
plston
protected
the
lS
of
slmple
constructlOn
spnng and bleed
cup
by a rubber dust cover
wlth
startmg
screw
The
motor
114
conslstlng
of the
the open end of the
cyhnder
lS
body plston
cyhnder belng
mounted under slde of
41129 30001
l
l
30625 27360
30637 33300
30626 3CaOI
30628 32200
30548 32200
ClutCh
0 pe
atlng
A
J
I
j
f
t
115
Dismantling
Remove the rubber dust
cap from the bleed screw attach a bleed tube
the
bleed
screw
three
open
quarter of a turn and pump the clutch pedal
unhl all
the flU1d has been dralned mto
a
clean contalp er
Unscrew the flexlble plpe umon and
The ope
adjustable push rod
Remove the rubber cover and 1f
rahng cyhnder can now be removed
compressed
hne
alr
Examlne
all
avallable
lS
blowout the
especlally
parts
the seal
plston from
and
replace
lf
the slde
of
w
orn or
damag
unlon
ed
Assembing
Place
the seallnto the stem of the
agalnst the
Plstoh
wlth the back of the seal
plston replace
spnngs wlth the small end on the stem
smear well Wlth the recommended flUld and lnsert lnto the
cyhnder
Replace
the
the
the dust
push
WIth the
and mount the
cover
rod enters the hole
plnch
bolt
and
ln
screw
cyhnder
ln
the rubber boot
ln
the plpe
posltlon
Secure
maklng sure
cyhnder
the
unlon
the Clutch System
Bleeding
Remove the bleed
screw
dust cap at the
operatmg cylmder
the bleed
screw
three quarters
xlmately
of
a
open
appro
turn and attach
a
tube lmmerslng the
open
end lnto a clean
recep
tacle
a
contalnlng
amount
small
of brake flU1d
F
l
r
servolr
the master
cylmder
wlth the
re
c6mmended flUld and by
uSlng slow
full strokes
pump the clutch
unhl the flUld
the contalner
fr
m
an
pedal
entenng
lS
free
bubbles
down stroke of the
screw
On
a
pedal
up the bleed screw
remove
Flg
2
the bleed tube and
replace the dust cap
transmltted to the
When the clutch
beanng
pedalls depressed the force
pushes the release plate
and the surface
116
lS
TRANSMISSION
t
jt
1
o
117
GENERAL
DATA
Model
4
stages
for forward
reverse
Type of gear
Speed 1
Speed 2
Speed 3
Speed fI4
remote
I
Synchro
meshed for
Synchro
meshed hehcal gear
3
94
2
40
I
49
for
stage
controled
2
speed if
3
4
type
I 00
Reverse
16
5
No
of tooth of gear
Maln dnve gear
20
Maln
shaft
3rd gear
25
Maln
shaft 2nd gear
31
Maln
shaft 1st gear
28
Counter dnve
31
gear
Counter thHd gear
26
Counter
20
second gear
Counter f1rst gear
II
Reverse ldler gear
13
BACKLASH OF
Play
on
17
VARIOUS GEARS
revolutlOnal duechon
maln dnve
gear
and counter dnve gear
Between
Between thud gears
0
075
0
125
mm
0
003
0
005
m
0
075
0
125
mm
0
003
0
005
m
0
03
0
0014
o
075
0
003
Between second gears
Between low
gears
3
speed
and
Synchronlzers
Between penpheral
3
gears of speed
Between
synchronlzers
12
mm
0
0048
4
4
and
dnve gear
Between
0
and
couphng sleeve
Between speed if 3
couplmg sleeves
maln
4
maln
3
speed
sleeves
couphng
speed if 3 gear
4
and
118
0
125
mm
0
005
m
m
i
l
Between sneea if 2
j
chronlzer
fnd
syn
maln
shaft
12
splIne
synchro
mzer and
speed II gear
Between speed II gear
and
speed II 2 gear
0
mm
0t9048
o qI4
Between if 2
125
0
mm
i1
05
fO
OOJl
005
0
m
m
I ilo
l
1
m
It
MAIN DRIVE GEAR AND
Inner dlameter of
at
drive
Outer
front
20 485
of
bearmg
end of
Maln shaft
No
bearing
maln
gear
dla
mam
of
shaft
beanng
helght of
before
gear
448
mm
0
8072
m
460
roller
0
5693
0
5688
m
bearmg
t
mm x
28
mm
0
118
1102
m
of 3rd gear
hole
dla
of
14
t8064
i
0
18
33
388
33
401
mm
O
3144
33
312
33
325
mm
I
3114
o
06 0
09
mm
o
15
m
3149m
of 3rd gear
bush
Play
14
Needle
3
beanng
Outer
mm
dlttoed
beanng
Inner dia
503
nee die
roller
x
20
at
pllot beanng
of needles
Dla
l
t
end of
rear
t
SHAFT
presslng
1
3119
m
m
of 3rd
penphery
bush
0
0023
0
0035
J
m
Amendment hmlt of
dlttoed
play
Inner dla
Gap
at
0059
m
of 2nd gear
hole
beanng
Outer
0
mm
dla
33388
of 2nd gear bush
penphery
33
33
401mm
312
33
325mm
06 0
09
1
1
3144
3114
13149m
I
3119m
of 2nd
gear bush
o
mm
0
0023
0
0035
In
h
Amendment hmlt of
dlttoed gap
Thlckness of front
thrust washer
nng
on
End
play
0
mm
0059
m
3
975
4
001
0
1564
0
1575111
4
026
4
051mm
0
1585
0
1595m
4
077
4
102mm
0
1605
0
1614m
3
937
3
962
0
1549
0
4
826
4
801mm
0
1900
0
0
12
mm
t
lnterlocklng
2nd 8
Thlckness
washer
of
15
on maln
shaft
Thlckness
o
3rd gear bush
of gear
on maln
mm
559
m
thrust
shaft
of 2nd 8 3rd gear
0
16
mm
0
0048
0
1890m
0062
m
t
j
119
01
1
Amendment l1mlt of
dlttoed
o
play
Synchronlzer
25
0
mm
01
m
spnng
127
mm
0
49
Outer dlameter
6 7
mm
0
25m
COli dlameter
o
mm
0
03 lfl
Tenslon
2
Free
length
8
8
at
kg
m
mm
t
Outer dla
of syn
chronlzer
locating
hole
9 32
7
m
144
mm
COUNTER GEAR
Inner dla
Outer
Dla
gear
beanng
20
3
length
Thlcknes
s
of
rear
433
mm
0
8826
0
391
16
401
mm
0
6452
0
1
88311
6456
m
2
x
front
mm
rear
23
x
8
O
118
0
936
154
0
156
m
mm
m
3
91
3
3
96
mm
0
91
mm
0
thrust
washer
End
22
of front
thrust washer
Thlckness
420
Needle roller beanng
of needles
x
22
16
of shaft
of bearmg
Type
No
at
dla
play
0
1560
3
96
4
013
3
988
mm
4
089
3
140
mm
0
161
140
mm
0
164
4
166
o
04
o
10
4
06
0
0
mm
O
1580
0015
1540m
1569
0
m
163
m
0023
m
0
0
m
160
0
Amendment hmlt of
dlttoed
REVERSE
play
of bush
Outer dla
Gap
004
m
GEAR
Inner dla
d
0
mm
of
14
reverse
between shaft
shaft
bush
338
o
076
1
1
14 249
376
14 262
0
127
O
mm
0
mm
mm
0
564
0
0
561
003
0
566m
5614m
005
m
SHIFT ROD
ShIft rod
Free
Poppet spnng
length
x
Call dla
WHe dla
1
TenSlon when lnstalled
Dla
of check ball
Spnng
t
reverse
Free
length
Wue
dla
34 7
x
4
x
8
mm
mm
I
366
x
o
055
m
65kgat28mm
14
7
o
9
mm
0
32
m
41bat 110m
311
m
1
161
x
o
047
m
fork pln
COli dla
5
29
I
2
120
x
10
mm
5
mm
0
413
m
TenSSlon when lnstalled
Spnng
reverse
fork pln
Free
length
Coll dla
Wlre
dla
x
3
20
6 2
x
1
2
kg
TensIon when lnstalled
7
6 035
011 capaclty
2
Genulne gear 011
In warmer dlstnct than
MP
Use
5
mm
mm
mm
Inter lock ball dla
32
20
at
kg
4
at 16
6
6 Ib at 0
0
79
o
047
15
mm
mm
L
0
x
807
244
ln
m
m
6 Ib at 0
o
25
o
63 US
63
ln
ln
Gal
90
C
40
I
e
001 0
33164
o0100
33391
32290 00100
I
9 15114 1
30
30
3
OOlOO
e
04100
32103
l300
3
ll
r
Flg
Components
of Transmlsslon Case
DISASSEMBLING
THE
Flrst draln the 011 from the transmlSSlon
The dram
plug
lS
sltuated beneath the
case
121
at
by
CASE
removlng the draln
the left
hand slde
plug
Clutch W thdrawal Lever
Bend back the lock washer
spnng washer
the nut ltS
remove
and
leg of the clutch wlthdrawal sup
of
the
car
lS threaded
do not therefore
bracket
on the
steenng part
port
bracket
wlll be
knock
the
bolt
or
the
threaded
ln
the
out
support
try to
screw the bolt out of the bracket
Screw the bolt out
stnpped
The
the rubber dust
Detach
wlthdrawallever from wlthln the clutch
cover
around the
houslng
Cross Shaft Levers
The
cross
shaft levers
are
posltloned
of transmlSSlOn lf the car has
case
hand slde of the
nght
the
on
and
nght hand steenng
on
the left
hand slde lf left hand steenng
each lever to ltS
spnng washer and nut secures
the plns may be
and washers have been removed
A cotter pln
shaft
After the nuts
tapped
out
and the levers l1fted off the
shafts
Side Cover
Holdlng
the slde
cover ln
all
serrated washers
posltlon
are
set
bolts and
of whlch must be removed
set
screws
when the cover
wlth
can
be
taken off
Once the slde
speed
the
lever
cross
cover lS
shafts
can
recesses
on
the
be threaded off the
stage the shafts
Oll
removed both the selector
can
slde
To
the
operahng
remove
seals
lever
I
plvot
lS
the
case
and change
bnnglng
wlth them
lS
After wlthdrawal
seatlng
arm
and
change speed
and felt washers
can
lever
the
gate
At thlS
be wlthdrawn from
the
slde
the selector
The engagement lever
the
cover
selector
0
case at
be drawn from
arm
Gentle presslng pnslng may be necessary to
gate as ltS rounded ends are a tlght ht m the ma
change speed gate
asslst removal of the
chlned
Selector Arm
Cross Shafts
Change Speed
arm
the shaft
anchored
connected to the
ln
ltS
tap out
plvOt by a
the secunng pln
nut and bolt whllst
cross shaft
c
Front Cover
Release the front cover
I
f
iT
sltuated wlthm the clutch
mg the nuts and sprmg washers
attempt
to remove the
cover
At thlS
and front washer
122
housmg by
remov
stage of dlsassembhng do not
The
ped
w1l1 prove
operahon
forward
Selector Rods
USlllg
from
rods
are
tap
the casIng
Forks
tap forward for a bhort dlstance
keys whlch are htted to prevent
and prtbe out the
of the
each
the rods
turmng
Now dnve
the
away from
cover
soft metal dnft
a
three rods
1f the sh1ft fork selector
eaSler
the
pushlng
thus
fltted
ball
each
Care
case
to
rod forward
each fork
Fltted behlnd the
the
order not to lose
ln
L1ft out the three forks
to
respeLtlve pOSItions
retneved from
clear of the forks and extract them from
should be exerClsed
assist
thJrd
the sprmg loaded
carefully their
notlllg
reassembly
speed
fork
lS
a
dlstance plece whIch must be
when reulovlng thlS fork
cabe
Reverse Gear
whlch
lug
A
end of the
IS
reverse
screwed
tab washer
ward
and
lS an
lntegral part
shaft
gear
the
through
Stralghten
remove
To
lug 10catmg
of the
secure
m
reverse
34498
32200
gear
casting locates the forward
the shaft
shaft
the
the tab washer
the
maln
ln
a
pOSItion
setplne
setpm lS locked by a
setplll then tap for
The
release the
shaft
L1ft out the
reverse
gear
I@
0
@
0
0
9
9 21215
9 11145 1
@
9 21215 1
1
916115
15416
30000
410
34
9 15415 1
34412
r
Q
I
@
9111451
34462 01300
1
32922 32200
34490 01300
34421 30000
i
I
9 161lS
34466 32200
30000
34421
@
34423 32200
32200
0@
a
34463
30000
9 11146 1
34440 32 50
Ap l
1
tit
H5116
l
32917
9 11146 1
00100
511671
I
9
1
15414
Ij
9 15114 1
9
32923
32200
9 15414
9
15114
I
b
34452 32200
9
9 21225
34444 30100
Q
15116 1 1
ii
Dt
34443 30100
34441 30100
1ll46
34462 3 250
p
1
1
CY
@
11l44
34446
J
r
t
I
I
30000
9 15115
9 11146
I
3 20
k
34445 30100
l
34467
I
34443 30100
Ill
9
sOI
j
@
34436l1
00100
344
I
9 11144 1
32917
@
9
For
9 16116
1
For
J
4
1
4516
4
Right Handle
Left Handle
f
34452
Flg
2
Remote
123
32200
Control Llnkage
o
261
3ZBIHXlIOO
32a0S
J
J
OOJD
OO
0
829
24
m3HlOl00
23
3l121
f
i25
00
101
19
J
I
00l00
la
l
32829 26760
l
00100l
00100
831
00100
32816
Yo
201
3UiZ926160
r
328ll
J
rd
IlO
fSii
2
2
r
O
32
m
I
a
329
lOI00
3288I
a2883
10
iT
6
32923 32200
1 J
82 00100
C
l
1
1
29lo0081lO
AM
r
4l21I
rr
S
OOIIlO
i1
X
8
21020
I17
9
1
00101
2
@@
i
300I00
U911
j
8
OO100
32814
j
4
I
4
A
l
It
I
J
9 11144
I
I
1
15415
3291
III
0011lO
S
9
329 HOIIlO
Il
1
2112 00800
3I
f
7
Jr
Flg
t
4
5
6
fork
Shaft
Selector
15
Lock pm
Change speed cross shaft
Change speed operating fork
Change speed operatmg fork
16
Plane
17
Change speed gate assembly
18
Reverse fork
Fulcrum pin
Lever change
19
Reverse fork rod
20
Check ball
as s
3
Fork
14
Operatmg change speed
2
3
embly
speed
cross
shaft
cross
lock washer
Lockmg
Fork
rod
lockmg stnp blg
23
Fork
rod
lockmg stnp
Selector
9
Selector shaft
24
First 8
second
Taper
25
First
second
26
Third
fourth
27
Thud
fourth
pm
11
Selector
12
Cross shaft ad seal
13
Felt ring
cross
shaft
lnner
lever
124
nut
ball spnng
8
10
plane
22
Lock pm
assembly
8
21
1
shaft
shaft lever
small
fork
speed
speed fork
speed fork
speed rod
rod
Counter
Shaft
USlng
Soft metal dHt
dnve the counter shaft forward and out of
when the counter gear
lse
c
two
Gear
thrust washers wlll
of the
cluster and
drop
Il
to the bottom
case
These gears
the
casting
together wlth
only
can
when the
thelr
maln
be hfted from
and dnve
respective
shafts
have
gears
been removed
To
remove
the needle
roller
beanng
wlthln the counter gear cluster lt
lS
I
iti
J
nec
t
essary to break
the
I
fore
the
l
dnvlng
out
ble plece of metal
retalnlng Clrchps be
beanng wlth a SUlta
tubmg
2l
4
Flg
Main Shaft
The
To
maln
shaft
can now
be wIthdrawn from
the gears from the
remove
maIn
the transmlS
shaft fust shde
Slon caslng
off the thud and fourth
speed synchronlzer assembly then wlth a plece of Wlre lnserted through
m the gear
cone
depress the small spnng loaded plunger whlch lo
the
washer
cates
at the forward end of the maln shaft
sphned
turmng the
washer lnto hne wlth the sphnes
The thlrd and second
speed constant mesh
gears
together wIth thelr common phosphor bronze sleeve can now be pull
ed over the steel
As the phosphor
plunger and so clear of the maln shaft
bronze sleeves and theH common dnvlng washer are a tight f1t on the shaft
the shaft should be lmmersed ln warm ollln order to expand the sleeves so
that they wlll shde off the shaft
when the second speed gear can be removed
Take out the steel plunger and spnng
for
Next remove the sphned washer separating the second speed constant
Wi
the hole
mesh gear
as
sembly
maln
the
shaft
If lt
nut
lS
but
assembly
and then shde the fHst gear
umt
To release the
speedometer
speed
gear
wheel from
the tab washer and unscrew ltS secunng nut
maln
has been
shaft
pnsed
Do not lose
beanng
from
can
be
the
key
separated
these
can
t
the
then shde
Take off the dIs
from
ltS
houslng
the shaft
be
speed couphng sleeve
sphned synchro
clear of theu
pressed
must be taken to retneve the three balls and spnngs
Take out the mam shaft front needle roller beanngs from
care
of the dnve gear
Rear
shaft
desued to dlsmantle the fourtheand thud
the fust
nlzers
the fust gear
wheel off the shaft
and the
plece
after the
mam
stralghten
speedometer
tance
or
assembly from
free of the
ln
each
the end
shaft
j
Oil Seal
ThlS all
sealls sltuated
dlsmantled unless
suspected
m
the
end of the
of leaklng
125
It
rear
lS
cover
almost
and should not be
lmposslble
to take off
Gear
r
4
p
1
la
Flg
I
5
Components
Gear
ca se
front
of the Transmlsslon
cover
2
Front
3
Maln drlve gear nut
4
Lock washer
5
Mam dnve gear
6
Maln dnve gear
gasket
cover
7
Maln
8
Thud
fourth
9
Thud
fourth
10
Thud
shaft
beanng
pllot bearmg
speed synchromzer
II
Thud
12
Mam
13
Fust
14
Mam shaft
second
15
Malu
thnd
16
Mam shaft front
17
Mam shaft gear thud
18
Mam shaft
19
Mam shaft gear
20
Second
shaft
speed
shaft
gear
Mam shaft
Second
23
Synchromzer
24
Second
speed
rear
bush
thrust washer
speed synchromzer
hub
spnng
speed Shlftll g msert
Maln shaft
bearing retamer assembly
locator
retamer
Beanng
27
Key
28
Mam shaft
29
Speed
spacer
meter dnve gear
30
Mam shaft
31
Mam shaft nut
32
Lockmg
Lockmg
33
thrust washer
second speed bush
speed synchromzer nng
22
26
speed gear
speed gear
cotter throust washer
21
25
1Ifl
lock washer
peg
34
peg spnng
Counter shaft gear
35
Counter shaft needle roller
36
Counter shaft front thrust washer
37
Counter shaft snap rmg
Counter shaft spacer
38
39
Counter
40
Snap
41
Rear
42
Needle roller
43
Reverse shaft
44
Reverse gear bush
Reverse gear
assembly
45
sleeve
speed synchromzer nng
fourth speed synchromzer hub
fourth speed synchromzer
nng
r
0
yi
shaft
t
nng
thrust washer
1
127
the seal wlthout
1f the old
plnched
one
lnto
damaglllg
lt
consequently
has been moved
Thls
poslhon
a
It Wlll be
be removed
can
new
seen
by
all
seal should be f1tted
that the Oll seal
uSlng
a
punch
houslng
lS
and hammer
On ve Gear Shaft
Before
now
dnft
ward
dnvlng
the dnve
the bottom of the
m
Inserted
through
wlth
complete
To
the
remove
and unscrew the
The
the
bearing
cnchp
shaft
the
may
bearmg
shaft nut
can now
of the outer
to
maln
beanng
The counter gears
shaft from ltS poslhon
case
and
now
tllt the counter gears
clear the dnve shaft gear
Usmg a long
shaft opemng
dnve the dnve shaft for
from shaft
case
knock back the tab
Thls nut has
be dnven from
race on
case
the
a
left
the shaft
the Jaws of
an
lockmg
washer
hand thread
open
preferably by restmg
and dnvlng the
Vlce
downward
Use
a
hlde
or
lead hammer
for the
exerClsed to prevent the end of the gear
I
from the
Clrchp
be removed from
Vl
9
Y
J
128
operahon
shaft from
as
great
case
spreadlng
must
be
ASSEMBLING
Syncbromesh
Sub
THE
TRANSMISSION
Assembly
Dunng manufacture
speed gear the
thnd and fourth speed
2nd
couphng sleevs are each
paned wlth then res
pechve synchronlzers
Only mated pans of
these
parts should
11
il
5
there
J
fore f1tted
4
Q
Flg
I
3rd
4th
Synchromzer
1
tr
i
129
4
7
t
t
l
T
ti
LJ
9
kl
f
fl7
Cc
1
j
t
n
j
i
1
W
1
g
rO
i
h
i
l
it
Flg
I
2
t
order of Tra nsmlSSlon Gears
Assembly
F
j
or
f
i
f
l
F
i
I
f
f
1I
f
r
I
d
1
r
I
1
7II
00
lIto
0
l
till
C
O0
O
01
A
t
o
0
0
W
lQ
Flg
t
U
0
L
j
Co
t
4
3
Com ponents
of
130
Gears
0
J
Synchronlzer
Gears
Counter Shaft
First locate
that the
the gear
case
Check
o
or
06
the two thrust washers to the counter gears
ensunng
lS at the front
and then place the gear cluster In
washer
larger
that there
0
mm
thInner
0015
rear
ThIckness
IS
0
end
play
0023
and
for the cluster gears
remedy
of front
by f1ttlng
y
04
thlrker
a
91
3
96
mm
0
3
96
3
4
013
3
91
988
mm
mm
0
0
1580
4
089
4
064
mm
0
161
140
mm
0
164
154
0
156
156
0
154
m
thrust washer
rear
Temporanly replace
cluster to
gear
of between 0
thrust washer
3
the
necessa
washer
ThIckness of
mIt
lf
4
166 4
0
04
the counter
out
remaln
0
06
0
mm
shaft wlth
a
0015
m
1569
0
0
0
0
ln
160
ln
163
ln
0023
ln
thln rod whlch wlll per
of mesh wlth the
maln
and dnve
shaft
gears
Ori ve Gear Shaft
The ball
Its
spnng
dnve
over
the
from the
ring away
shaft
should
Journal beanng
a
ln
dummy
beanng
ln
geared
3rd and 4th
tlghten
Smear grease
now
be dnfted
end
speed couphng
the nut and lock lt
the end of the shaft
then load the 18 needle
rollers
so that
on
to
Poslhon the
ln
shaft
geared
sleeve
put
Wl th
end of the
the washer
poslhon
where the
they
the
adhere
maln
ln
shaft locates
posltlOn by
means
of
the grease
Turn the
dnve shaft
gear
caslng to ensure that the counter teeth
beanng housmg
both the counter gear
The drlve
shaft
are
Fvllure to do thlS w1l1 result
and dnve
can now
shaft
geared
be dnfted lnto
m
below the
damage
to
ends
poslhon
from
the clutch hous
mg end
Ensure
that the
spnng nng reslsters
properly
ln
the
races s
on
gear
the
i
Jr
case
t
C
i
Main Shaft
press the
shaft from
the
maln
shaft center
rear
shoulder of the centt r
The
beanng complete wlth houslng on
beanng must be pressed firmly agalnst
sphned portlOn
of the
131
shaft
to
the
the
Oll the shaft forward of the
Llghtly
wheel
assembly
wlth the
synchrOlllzer pomtlng
Reflt the thrust washer
The
f1t
on
mto
phosphor
the shaft
then the
thud
to
the shaft
the shaft followed
lmmersea
Flt the second
speed
washer and the second bronze
dnvlng
speed wheel
washer
Now
and
The two sleeves
are
the thud gear
posltlon
lnto the hole
the
speed
forward
the
by
bronze sleeve WhlCh carnes the second
there lt must be f1rst
on
pOSltlon
on
and reht the fust
bearmg
nng
speed
a
lS
hght
Oll and then shd
ln warm
wheel
baulkmg
the
over
sleeve whlch
sleeve
carrles
the
locked together by the dnvlng
over
sleeve
ltS
shaft and shde the
Place the spnng
sphned washer
plunger
Depress the plunger wlth a plece of wue through the hole ln the thud
Then turn the
speed and shde the spnned washer over the plunger
washer for the plunger to engage wlth a groove ln the washer
The gears
ln
maln
assembled
are now
end movement for the fust
speed
on
the
washer at the rear of the second
keyed
baulkmg
shaft and there should be
speed
A
beanng and
gear
the
semble the two
s
nngs to the thud and
When f1tted to the shaft
synchrolllzer
each
maln
gear between the center
must face towards the front of the box
maln
ends
pomted
shaft bearmg
of the
Also note that
ln
lugs face lnwards to the
Sl1de the thud and fourth synchromzers shghtly forward
synchrolllzers
and then carefully gUlde the maln
on the shaft to clear the counter
gears
When the houslng surroundmg the
shaft assembly mto the gear caslng
case
the
top speed synchromzer and couphng sleeve
the large boss of the mner sphnes of the
baulkmg
flush wlth the gear
lS
nng
caslng
the counter
shaft gear
cluster should be ralsed lnto mesh wlth the gears and counter
and f1tted lnto
The
pOSltlon
hpped
entl
shaft Olled
must be flush wlth the gear
cas
mg
THICK
lESS
FRONT THR US T WASHER
3226426761
3
975 4
001
mm
0
1564
0
1575m
3226526761
4
02b
J31
mm
0
1585
0
1595m
3226626761
4
077
i07
mm
4
0
1605
0
1614m
Reyerse Gear
the
t
Rtf
f
Oll the
M
I
reverse
reverse
gear
gear
lnto the gear
caslng wlth the
shaft before lnserhng and
g pm and tab washer
132
large
secure
gear
to
the
rear
the shaft wlth locat
Sel ector Rods
It
lS
Forks
Before commenclng to locate the selector forks wlthln the gear case
advIsable to pre load the spnng and ball lnto each fork
and wlth the
ald of
ball
sprmg and
has entered ltS correlatlve fork
a
Pllot
Wlth the
bar
retaln the
gear
ln
fork and then locate
and fourth fork rod
ltS
fork untll
fork and then
gear
lt
dnvlng
posltlon
the casmg
pOSltlon
pOSltlon
narrow
untll each fork rod
fust ht the first
speed
fork
Contmue
Now
tapplng
Next locate
speed
tap
the rod
the
through
the caslng and lnto theu
respechve
The
key
ways
m
the rod ends
are
Pllot
se
through
reverse
forks
bars
ector
the thud
the f1rst and second selector fork rod and the
the fork rods hole remember to retneve the
leave the forks
the
through
reaches ltS f1nal
enter
fork rod
the neutral
the thud and fourth
ln
as
gear
reverse
When
they
offset and when fltted
face should be at the bottom
or
Ii
JI
Flg
4
Selector Rods
8 Forks
i
t
5
r
w
133
SELECTOR INNER
OPERATING
LEVER CROSS SHAFT
Wlth
also
the selector lever
change speed
shaft
cross
Flg 4
plnned to
lever assembly
shaft
the two shafts should be
levers nearest to the slde
poslhoned
cover
shaft takes the forward poslhon
shafts
are
placed
lf the
case
over the levers and the whole
The gate
ses
lS
located
of the slde
Before
each
shaft
cover
flthng
ln
ln
ln
respechve
cottered to ltS
case
the case
At the
the
change speed gate
assembly put mto the
pOSltlon by
ltS
wlth the
cross
own
rounded
ends
same
shaft
cross
respectlve
Note that the selector
openlng
ln
the
ltS
cross
hme that the
should be threaded
case as
ln
one
unlt
the machlned neces
seatlng
the levers
that order
the all
seal and felt
The levers
are
rmg must be htted to
cottered to theu
respectlve
shaft
S de Cover
Secure the
sIde
ensunng that the
cover
slde
lnto
cover lS
pOSltlon by
means
of the bolts and
screws
lntact
Front Cover
The front
cover
and gasket should
mg studs and attached
by
means
of the
134
now
be
seven
posltloned
over
the secur
nuts and lock washers
1
i
C
s
i
V
1
0
1
co
i
j
t
t
CD
CII
C
V
l
o
C
o
U
CD
o
E
CD
It
CII
Ii
l
2
c
135
X
PROPELLER
SHAFT
UNIVERSAL JOINTS
8
1l
Flg
I
Dust
2
Sleeve
3
Journal
I
Propeller
shaft
cover
yoke
4
retalner
mg
assembly
136
Jomt
8
Propeller
9
Flang yoke
10
12
shaft
assembly
Compamon flange
11
Bolt
12
Nut
13
Plane washer
14
Dnve
15
Cotter pm
pinlon
nut
PROPELLER
UNIVERSAL JOINTS
SHAFT
DlmenSlons
Length
Outslde dlameter
x
Inslde
x
dlameter
1124
x
Unlversal
60 25
x
2
x
50
2
x
372
m
JOlnt
Journal dlameter
Beanng
5
63
44 25
14
lnslde dlameter
race
Number of needle
beanngs
Needle beanng
70
o
579
m
5
o
769
m
o
095
m
19
roller
22
outer
dlameter
4
2
Lubr cation
An all
mpple
fItted to each
lS
center
splder
for
lubncahng
the
beanngs
The central all
to the needle
chamber
roller
The needle
lS
connected to the four all
assembl1es
beanng
beanngs
roller
Flg
reserVOlrs
and
I
are
f111ed wlth Oll
shdlng spl1nded
Jomt between
on
all from
assembly
the transmlSSlon
Lubncates the
shaft and the
propeller
transmlSSlon
Before ref1hng the
the
propeller
shaft
to the transmlSSlon
case
smear
wlth the all
sphnes
Removal
Remove the
near
axle
rear
by taklng
Place
clean
a
surplus all that
propeller
propeller
flange
tray
under the
from the plmon
of the
flange
bolts and lock washers
out the secunng nuts
may dram off
of the
shaft
end of the gear box to collect any
The operator should now take the welght
r
ar
shaft and then draw the
sphned
end out of the transmlSSlon
O smantl ng
to
Clean away the palnts from all the snap nngs
easy extraCltlOn of the beanngs
l
t
ensure
Wlth
screw
t
r
these ends togeth
snap nngs by presslng
done
come out
dnver
the
not
If
tap the
nng
Remove the
r
e
1
1
pnse t out
ahd
r
fX
f
t
e
beanng fa c
l
hghtly
to reheve the pres
Hold the
yoke
wlth
If
a
splmed
lead
or
dlff1culty
takmg
the lnslde
lS
sure
agalnst
end of the shaft
care
not to
use
nng
tap the radlUs of the 4
beanng wlll begln to emerge
bar
small
to tap the beanng from
m
one
hand and
when teh
copper hammer
expenenced
the
a
damage
the race ltse1f
loss any of the needles
137
belng careful
not to
Repeat
thlS opera
hon the other
and the
beanng
sphned yoke
be removed from
The same proce
spIder
dure
be uhhzed to
can
detach the other
from
can
the
ltS
splder
yoke
EXAMINATION
FOR WEAR
CHECKING
When the
ln
for
use
hkely
to
beanng
The
propeller shaft has been
long hme the parts most
a
show sIgns of wear
and the splder
are
complete assembly
should be
races
renewed lf looseness
tre
observed
as
no
or
r
be
re
tlal
g
flt
marks
stress
overSlze
C
jr
It
provlded
the
journals
Journals
lS
essen
hght
races are a
dnve
unlons
ln
the trunlon
the
httmg
of
tness of the
deter
G
by
bearlng
newyokes
shaft
lS
measunng the offcenter
deflechon of the shaft
ln
rotatlOn wlth
I
If the
dlal gauge apphed both ends
deflectlorl exceeds clearance hmlt
a
Les s
than 0
4
mm
correct
or
replace
I
138
the shaft
mling
Reasse
that the dnlled holes
Inspect
wlth the Oll
Should
dlff1culty
walls of the races wlth
22
ln
It
yoke
the
yoke
The
to
lS
a
rollers
to
splder
m
foot nosed dnft smaller
essentlal that the
beanng
thlS
Repeat
trunnlons
ln
cleaned out and
beanng
races
and f1ll
smear
assembly
ln
retaln
the
are
the
ln
expenenced
petroleum Jelly
splder Journal
f1ttlng
be
Insert the
place
wlth
pOSltlon
the
ln
Nos
ln
the hournals
ln
Assemble the needle
f111ed wlth Oll
the
the needle rollers
yoke
and
the
tap
bearmg
dlameter than the hole
races
operatlon
are a
ln
dnve ht
l1ght
for the other
beanngs
shoulder should be coated wlth shellac pnor
the retalners to ensure
If the Jomt appears
to
bmd
a
good
seal
tap hghtly
beanngs on
wlth
a
wooden mallet whlch
w1l1 rehve any pressure of the
the end of the Journals
It lS advlsable to renew cork washers and washer retalners on speder
Journals
usmg
a
tublar dnft
the Shaft
Replacing
Smear the
propeller
Assemblm9
shaft
sphnes
mesh wlth those of transmlSSlon
Wlpe
sure
wlth all
and sl1de the
lnto
sphnes
shaft
flange and flange yoke faces clean to en
and the JOInt faces bed
pllot flange reglsters properly
It lS advlsable
around and securely lock them ln posltlon
the
rear
compamon
that the
evenly
lse
maln
all
new
lock
ln
posltlOn
It
lS
advlsable to
use
new
to
lock washers
t
l
lJi
t
1 1l
P
t
t
lot
Sy
it
J
F
1
j1
t
i
rr
5
ir
10
l
4
139
y
1
J
S YEERING
STEERING GEAR
Type
Hlndley
Gear
raho
Steenng
19
wheel
TurnIng torque
out
of
dla
7
430
worm
shaft
o
worm
16 93
mm
08
0
15
at outer
Back lash of
worm
8 roller
o
0
2
Play
of turmng duectlOn
set
at
wheel
35 40
and roller
standard
0
mm
top
posltlOn
Off
m
kgm 0 58 1 09 ft Ib
r9und of steenng wheel
the
at
8 roller
I
0
01
m
of gear
arm
I
57
mm
38 1
of center
m
worm
center
4
cllstance between
worm
ller
5
0
mm
177
m
Center
Lockmg
End
52
play
Tlghtemng
of
worm
roller
torque Cover
Roller shaft
2
mm
05
m
t400
le
bolts
o
02
2
5
bolts
14
Gear box fIx bolts
4
011 capaClt
0
adJustmg shlm
fOI housmg end play
Shlm for adJushng front end play
0
04
mm
18
0
0008
3 1
0
0
0016
m
2 ft lb
kg
kg m 102 I ft
5 kg m
328ft
m
008 U
lb
Ib
S
Gal
ThIckness of
Slum for
adJushng
rear
end
teenng gear
iVo
m
west
lng
end of
shaft
the
r
top
lnter
pan It to
eJof shaft at
around to
I
w
lS
IS
play
o
62
mm
0
030
m
o
254
mm
0
010
m
0
127
mm
0
005
m
0
075
mm
0
003
m
0
050
mm
0
002
m
0
254
mm
0
010
m
0
127
mm
0
005
m
0
075
mm
0
003
III
0
050
mm
0
002
m
worm
maln
and roller and has the drum type of
steenng
lncased
ln
the
shaft
tube
Jacket
and the
steenng
end of lt
locks wlth the roller WhlCh
turn
the
and
through WhlCh
operahon
of
lS
f1xed
turns the
steenng
on
the roller
steenng
arm
wheel
The mohon of the steenng arm lS that of back and forth ln front of
drag
1
hnk and turns the spmdle around the kmg pln Wl th the
connectmg knuckle
arm
gear
ill
thro
owhlch
i
changes the bushmgs of front wheels
roller
Tile
shaft ltse1f lS supported by the two beanngs both sldes
houslng
R
J w
Ii
1jrt
l
140
m
the
b
141
W4
Comp lete
Column
48050 322 00
9
0
11245
j4802
8
00
48035 32200 1 2
48037 32200
48064 2716
Y
F
Steering
roller
shaft
48100 33500 L H type
48100 32200 R H type
h
r
at
48121
2 3
2
7
t
48102 32201
Set
l
t4812 8
i200
48135 32200
q
48206 30800
r
9 15422
9 11052
9
210
Fig
1
Steering
l
1
142
Gear
Assembling and Inspection
In case the
of
replacement
damages of
the followlng
parts
lS
requued
and
steenng gear and hOUSlng bush
m
order
Take off the steermg wheel
Pull out the three
screws
of the back slde of steenng wheel boss
then take off the horn button retalner
After unscrewlng and
wheel wlth the
2
on
the
clamp
taklng
on
plug
steermg
at the slde
off from the gear
4
Take off the
5
arm wlth
of steermg gear
bolt of
steenng
assembly
and
Disassembling
the
the steenng tube
I
Takmg
drag llnk unscrewmg the
drag hnk thus lS taken
of
on
off the steenng gear
the bolt
Dlsmountlng
In
hxed wlth the
lS
Steering Gear
of the
dlsmounted and the gear all
then
am
pull
the
dlsmountlng
houslng
on
the
lS
Vlce
com
setting
arm
and roller shaft
he gear
arm out
cover
and
of roller
Ji
1
I
2
lS
to the downward duechon
steenng gear box should be hxed
level
Take off the nut of gear
hghtly
the
arm
gear box WhlCh
InspectIon
After the steenng assembly
pletely
lS
steenng Jacket clamp
of frame
Pull out the steenng
dralned
remote control rod whlch
arm
flxmg
slde member
steermg
and dlsconnect the horn cord
panel
gear
out the
pull
puller
and under the
bolt under the lnstrument
end
well as horn button
tube after unscrewmg the
Jacket
Dlsconnect the
as
off the wheel nut
steenng wheel
Dlisconnect the
hxed
3
adjust
of the Steering
Dismounting
I
due to the defacements
dlsassemble and
cover
and roller shaft
t
I
as
sl
the column
the cover
after unscrewlng the three nuts
the
Jacket and roll
adjusting shlm
Of
must be handled wlth care not to loose them
1
3
Takmg
off the
housmg
Unscrew the three nuts
also
the handled
end
plate
i
carefully
fC should
end of the housmg and th y
them
to
loose
not
at the front
143
The maln
and lnspectlOn of the worm shaft and beanng
shaft could be dlsmounted together wIth the roller beanng
assembly
and upper
4
nountmg
Dls
of
5
mam
shaft
beanng corn by f1xmg the wheel nut
wlthout damage
and stnking out hghtly
Take the column
The
mg
out of the gear
Jacket
housmg
the
tip
thus the outer lace
be dIsmounted
easlly
beanng
adjust shlm must be carefully handled
off the houslng gear
of upper
on
can
not to loose them
ln
tak
dear housmg column Jacket and front
Inspection and adjustment of
thIckness of
cover
the
steermg gear by changlng the total
Adjust
the
so
that
shlms
of
the
worm
starting
torque for
the adjust
beanng
of
0
15
the
Circumference
lS
0
08
at
kg
revolvmg worm shaft
wIth
the
cover
lt
end
In thlS case
by apply
steenng wheel
tighten
6
0
mg the
J
used
Use the sald nng 0
ring
And further adjust
shlms
shlms
beanng adjust
worm
Inspection and adjustment
7
I
the
mm
thlcker than the
the thlckness of the
rear
and front shlms
of the roller shaft
oller shaft
The
out
lS worn
1
by changmg
exchanglng
Itself should be check and
The shaft
3
replaced
assembly
wlth
should be
new
one
when lt
replaced
ln
a
umt
loose and damages or defacement of
ln case the roller
pln becomes
The
surface of roller lS found
replacement can be hmlted to the
Flt the roller shaft to the gear
parts after dlsassembhng
houslng after lnserting the adjust shlr ls to the adjust screw and
adjustIng sald screw so as the end clearance along the roller shaft
out
worn
to
be 0
Jgear
arm
lS
0
03
mm
to be 0
haft and lock the
J
W
01
lS
e1
firolhng
r
j
b
to
t
nut
mm
ln
shlms
up after
f
1j
r
Tlig
s
t
pj
lIi
comf1rmmg
1i
RIJg
P
and
so
forth
are
that the roller
lS
smooth
Imkage
constructed wlth the spnng sheet
and thIs order must be conformed wlth
1
the spnng would not action be
shock
the
to
every
part of the umt weanng out both
lglngv
5
whlch furtherly
ste enng gear arm and hnkage of the steenng
the umt
Otherwlse
the
l h
lly pulled off endangenng the operation
efore Important to check and to set aSlde
flit
ng
sse
ord
r
when dIsassembled
rv
9
144
t
top of
center of the roll
a
It iill
J f
1
arts of the Imkage
assem15lmg
slde
w
J1J
ng
t
rolhng
t
Assemble and Dlsassemble of the
8
The back lash at the
the vertical
7d vIlr
tytrot t
t
l
wIth the
2
the worm gear
over
H
1t
0
the
parts
ln
f
A
43
i
t
Flg
Flg
2
3
AdJustmg
of Backlash Worm
Components
of
145
Roller
Steenng Gear Case
0i e
g
l
r
4
Flg
Il
Inspection
It
of
r
ln
c
Adiustment
lmportant that
lS
J
and
worm
after
the center of
Assembling
lnterlocklng
roller lS located
In
the
gear
TAhe
lnspectlon for thlS should be made In a way as to make sure of
the equal condlhons of backlash at the pOSltlon of steenng wheel when
tur te fully to left and nght In case the backlash dlffers greatly the
g
lnterlocklng posltlon of worm gear must to adjusted agaln
M
The correct backlash at the both ends
l
of
sure
l
ge
r
after puttlng the
d
arrn
tlghten
h
u
J
worm
gear should be made
shlm In the slde of larger backlash at the
pull out the sh m on the Opposlte slde and
adJustlng wlth the shlm In front of and the shlm
more
f f equahzmg
bolt agam
iH
ear housmg
behlIld 10
r
rl
lash at the center
Thp
r1
ed
locklng
should also be checked and
adJust
Ty
a
lftne
tJ
t
f
1
Installdt
Yf f
Inspe
l
T
f1xed
t3i
t
on
of
y
steenng wheel
g yheells celatlOn locked wlth the shaft and lt may as be
rwardmg dHection tightened may as well be hxed to the
rdll
forwa
dlrectlod
1
f1
i
Steeflng Wheel
tlghtened
wlth nuts
t
146
The standard
Clrc1e
Ib
for
as
measured
The
play
as
by
revolvlng welght gravlty
lt
nghtly
lS
assembled
on
adjustment
nspection and Ad
The
I
lnspectlOn
car
wardlng
on
m
wheel
0
kgm
58
1
nm
09 it
40
the
mm
m a
reverse
order of
dlsmountmg
of Steering Fixed
ustment
Car
on
sy stem lnstalled
the
ln
wlth the front wheels hxed to the for
levelhng place
dlrechon
of
s
15
of horn button
adjustment of the steenng
followmg order
Take measure of the
flnger
0
and
should be made
Set the
08
of wheells 35
the cncle
The horn button should be lnstalled
car
0
the spnng scale
allowed
InstallatlOn and
I
of the wheelan the wheel
lS
one
poslhon of
lower
part
of wheel and tube wlth the
of
spln the wheel to left and nght to the extent
another hand
When the wheel moves up and down
hand
play by
there shou d be found
a
play
the
ln
worm
to the dnechon of
beanng
axle
In thlS case
houslng
The
the
hXlng
loose
are
on
bolts
the
bearlng
shlm should be
the
beanng and
pull off
adjustment
lnspechon and adjustment
2
front and
ln
ln
a
lS
worn
way
assembl1ng
In case the roller shaft moves to the duectlOn of axle
the roller shaft
wheel
to left and nght
lS
loose
In
case
the bush
and
the roller
lS
worn
shaft
out
shakes
therefore
of gear
lower
explalned m the ltem of worm
made as explalned ln the ltem of
splned hardly
The adjustment should be carned
roller
adjustment of the poslhon of steenng
3
or
upper
as
should be
after
rear
out
to
left and
they
In a
nght
should be
shaft
as
adJushng
way
as
the
screw
explalned
the roller shaft
replaced
wlth
ln
or
new
one
adjusted
f
5
In case the roller shaft moves to the axle
the
by returmng
l
nght the roller shaft adJushng screw
a way as
explamed
adjustment should be made ln
lS
to left and
the
shaft
poslhon of steenng roller
147
laos
wheel
the
iI
l
oit
rwlpdi
a
ln
e
i1
tri
of
1
nght the roller shaft
replaced wlth new one and
In case the roller shaft trembles to left and
6
the bush
lS worn
they should
out and
be
or
adjusted
should be found by
play
holdmg
ment for thlS
should be done
ln
In cas
arm
a
as
way
lS
too
explalned
m
the above
the steenng wheel at the center of turnlng to left and
setbng
operatlOn of steenng
In case the
when the front axle
lS
Jacked
the
strongly b lck and
The adJust
large
the arm and move lt
the backlash of roller and worm gear
forth
8
Imk at the end of steermg gear
drag
Take off the
7
up
wheel felt
heavy and
section
nght
hght
becomes
the trouble lS wlth the front axle
sy stem
In case the wheel
the trouble
up
lS
heavy
even
when the front axle
connectec wlth the front
When the front axle
9
still felt
lS
lS
Jacked
up
emng parts of tle rod socket
arm should be posslble
the
Jacked
axle
lnspechon
arm
drag
nackle
lS
of contactlng and
tlght
hnk and the steenng
t
4 DJUSTING IDLER
In the standard
When the
sprmg
scre
Then
adjustment
ldler
the shaft so that It
m
overalLhelght
lS
bghten
sl1ghtly compressed and
of the rubber
after lt is mounted to the
spnng
lth bolt to
1
hole
lS
spnng
and toe
car
20
7
m
lS
httmg plate
r
l1Jll
tlj
rrO
t
i
c
1
f1
1
i
f
il ff
r
J
I
y
if
r
I
t
11
J
Yo
J
l
f
not glven
the nut at the
cl1nch the nut
mm
f
148
on
the rubber
WIth the ldler
approx
adjusted
el1mmate resldual dlmentlons
rubber spnng
the
m
lS
m
lS
flt the rubber spnng to lt and
that the rubber
long
pressure
posltlOned
parallel
protrudmg from the body top
arm
on
lS
top
34
body
mm
to the extent
In thlS case
In the next
tighten the rubber
by utll1zlng the
lt
OIE I
THII
TO
lIP
5II1I
1 41 5
I
TEITHEIlI
T1I1
30
I
B
320i4853
4
14854
5
Flg
48531
l
1
H
1
n
9
A
i
ft
Jf
I
l
0
I
48546 32200
1 24518
9 16215
l
48405
@
48544 32100
58000
48541 32200
6
48539 32200
I
48521 32200
ll
f
9 1Y22
f
9 11052
f
c
r
t
f
Fig
6
Steering
t
f
150
Idrer
6 Arm
I
THE
CAUSE
The
OF
TROUBLE
of the trouble
caused ln regards wlth the
closely connected wlth those of the front axle
hard to
Judge then Separately
The followlng are maln troubles caused ln
steenng
rabon
cause
lS
Heavy
I
The all
gear
m
Adjustment
3
Damage
4
Hard
5
Steenng
ope
lS
on
of
box
worm
corn of
locklllg
and roller
worm
of column
shaft
or
tube
Adjustment
of
worm
2
Flxmg port of
3
Locking poslhon
Unsteady
gear
poor
bush
bended
Turning
and roller
housmg
Wl
15
poor
th frame
of roller shaft and
Trembling
or
lS
beanng
Jacket
lS
Insuff cient Amount of
1
ln
therefore lt
and d1ff1cult opera bon of handle
2
I
steenng
Too much backlash of
Worm
3
Looseness
of each bolts
4
Looseness
of
f1xmg
steermg
and roller
roller shaft
beanng and
loose
arm lS
bad
Handle in Motion
worm
2
lS
on
bush
gear
15
wheel
worn
play
lS
too
large
out
hOUSlllg
bolts for frame
I
f
i
Insufficient
Return of Handle
I
Tlghtnes s of
2
Worn out
each
parts
tlt
NOIse
In
parts parbal
defacement
a
rJri
the Gear Housing
I
Backlash of worm and roller
2
Insuff1clent gear all
t
151
FRONT AXLE
1
i
J
P
e
i
A
i t
t
l
l
152
FRONT AXLE
Type
Independent suspenhon
wlshbones
ball JOlllt
shock absobers
telescoplc
beanng
Inner
Tapper
type
Slze mm
Outer
65
Outer
Slze
Toe
Stablhz
bar
lng
Hub
wlth double
Call spnng
x
x
Camber
Caster
of lllchnatlOn
2
3
1
30
1
30
6
30
Inner dla
18
25 2
x
55x I
Wldth
26xO 7185m
roller
52x20x16
mm
ln
Angle
32
x
Taper
type
roller
dla
mm
2
0
05xO
08
0
79xO 6j
12
m
of SWIvel axle
Tread
1330
TurnIng angle
mm
Inslde
35
OutsIde
29 30
Wheel
36
52
lll
of front wheel
bearing adjustment
Tlghten
turnlllg
wheel
bearmg
wheel at the
nut
same
WIth
hme
the
adjust nut unhl reSIstance
beanng lS felt then turn back
turn
and lnsert cotter
wrench
pull up
agaInst
nut 1
8
pln
tl
FRONT SPRING
l
54010 32201
668
688
225 8
8610
5401032202
688
708
225 8
86m
5401032203
703
728
225 8
86m
54010
32204
728
748
225
5401032205
668
688
217
5 8
957m
366
54010 32206
688
708
217
518 957m
371
5401032207
708
728
217
5
32208
728
748
217
5 8
54010
14
377
382115
386
15
15
391
8 86m
8
957m
957
m
14
itne
84m
382
15
04m
Red tape
WIth 1
whIte
04m
386
15
20m
Red tape
WIth 2
l
20
391
15
40m
Red
tape
WIth 3
15
395
56m
Red
tape
wlth 4 whIte 11l
14
371
m
40m
42m
I4 62 m
76m
14
375
92 m
14
379
375
379
hnes
hItt
hnes
l
Whl
es
hoe
62m
YeHow tape
14
76m
14
92 m
tape wlth 2 whIte hoes
yel1o
YeHow tape WIth
3whlte hnes
15
384
12m
s
153
lth
J
e
li
Yellow tape
lth 4
te lUles
wh
FRONT AXLE
The front axle
spnng
and
equlpped
lS
telescoplc
lS
suspenslOn wlth call
mdependent
and connection
transverse hnks
lS
of
a
of the upper and lower
ball
Jomt type and the
not used for It
The upper
caster
wlth the
shock absorber
sWlvel axles wlth the double
sWlvel pln
SUSPENSION
splndle
bracket
shlms and the lower
lS
bolted to the front
splndle
lS
connected
to
suspenslOn member wlth
the lower bracket of the
suspenslon member wlth the shlms
J
r 1
l
Flg
r
i
t
I
Flg
1
1f1i
154
2
mbty
U200
r
CI
At
W
tJtI
rU
I
Z3A
emb
r
h
Front
Q
40015
1
h
rb
u
knuck
pond Ie left
A
IvnC
on
spen
K ekle s
4OCII
t
IIJo
nd
32250
ldl
O
rCht
nd
n
r
G
ry
U P
sp
k
b
dlebolt
eubbbumpr
lUll
4S3I 3DX1
lt
s
J
J
rrtJty
FO
f
tsl
bAil
1
on
Jot
jjjl
ti
jjjl
1
ft
rj
Lawn
hnk
p nd
frontsu
441
n
kJ
J
Lo
Front
31m2
fj
S J
Suspension
155
Link
6 Sp Ind Ie
r
Body
ThIS
at
drawma
MWUI
standard load
c
6725
Front
Suspension
l
ro
r
t
i
C
I
t
r
f
1J
j
f
o
t
r
156
Section
center
hne
the front hub
DIsassembling
the front hub
Dismanthng of
ground
plate
and then
clear of the
Lower the
car
on
flrst
Jack up the car untll the wheells
mdependent suspenslOn spnng
under
place
to the blocks
Remove the wh el
If the drum
the adjuster should be slackened
appears to blnd on the brake shoe
Lever off the hub cap
and then extract the spht pln from the spln
die
nut
box spanner remove the splndle nut and ease flat washer
clear of the axle thread by carefully uSlng a narrow rod
under the nut
USlng
a
mto small holes
ln
turn
each slde of the
splndle
and tappmg the
race
hghtly
Wlth the hub removed
sertlng
a
dnft
through
the
outer
lnner
beanng
can
be dlsmantled
and by
In
beanng and tapplng the out beanng
clear of the hub
The
lnner
beanng
and all seal
dnft from the Opposlte
slde
can
then be removed
by lnsertlng
the
of the hub
Ij
lAisnemgb
When
the front
assembl1ng
hub
the hub and the
lnner
beanng
race
should first be
lnserted lnto the hub
Pack the hub wlth recommended grease
Renew the seal
Replace the hub all seal over the lnner beanng
The hub can now be replaced on the sP1IJdle
lf lt lS damaged any way
the
Gently tap the hub lnto pOSltlon untll the lnner race bear agai st
shoulder on the spmdle
Place the splndle flat washer lnto pOSltlon and screw the nut down
I
i
fmger tlght
I
t
wheel
and
examlne the reslstance
the
Spln
I
Tlghten the nut
j
lie
h en SIt
wlII t
A sl1ghtly lncreased reslstance to the splnnlng 0 f tae IN lir imn
J
L ld be
m
now
and
The
are
be notlced
pht
beanng
preloaded
the
t
mserted to lock the nut
l
j
e
the hub after packmg the cap wlth
Tap the hub cap to
scfe
It lS
wlth
machlne
Replace the brake drum and secure
lS
before
screws
the drum lS fully home
thlS
tlghtened
lmportant that
the drum should be pressed ln pOSltlon by tlghtenlng
and If necessary
two wheel nut
Reflt the wheel and nuts
off the
lS
packmg
blocks but
lowered to the
are
best
readjust
fmally tlghtened
when the car lS
the brake shoes lf necessary the car
ground
157
f1
j
REAR
Type
Houslng
DnvIng
Seml
AXLE
floatmg type
Banjo type
method
of teeth
Number
gear
Hypold
on
wlth steel
plate
welded
bevel gear
dnve
plmon
35
8
4
375
41
8
5
125
UP31 UG31 UH31 UWP31
U31 U
DRIVE PINION
Tlghtenlng torque
Pre
13
16 6
8
kg
100
cm
120 ft lb
load for plnlon beanng
wlthout all
seal
Thlckness of
on
of plnlon nut
adjusting
adJushng
0
75
mm
0
030
m
0 25
mm
0
010
m
kg
0
cm
07
0
10 Ib ft
shlm
plnlon beanng
Thlckness of beanng
on
shlm
adjusting
10
shlm
plnlon bearlng
Thlckness of
7
0
125
mm
0
005
m
0
075
mm
0
003
m
0
mm
2
401
m
Tlilckness of beanng
shlm
adJu ting
Standard posltion
wIth dnve
to lnstall
plnlon
Dlmenslon from center of drlve
to rear slde of plnlon
set dlmenslOn upper
gear
11
Off
lo
er
Thlckness
Ba
ana
l
25 4
mm
o
75
mm
0
030
m
o
25
mm
0
010
m
o
125
mm
0
005
m
o
075
mm
0
003
m
o
10
o
75
mm
0
030
m
o
25
mm
0
010
m
oCIllmon adjusting
shlm
DiuVE G
61
y
h i
plmon
Thlckness of slde
1filladJushng
beanng
shlm
0
15
mm
0 004
i
Thlckness of slde beanng
adjusting
shlm
Thlckness of slde beanng
adJustmg
shlm
o
158
125
mm
0
005
m
0 OO
m
Thlckness of slde
beanng
shlm
adjusting
Thlckness of slde
adjusting
Tlghtenlng
torque for
out of
bearmg
OppOSlt
cap
slde
SIDE
washer
003
m
0
050
mm
0 002
ln
4
1
0
for
05
4
8
4
kgm
8
30
35 Ib
ft
0
mm
002
m
clamp
5
5
kgm
35 40 Ib
ft
GEAR AND PINION MATE
Number of tooth
Thlckness
0
of
bolt of dnve
gear
BEVEL
mm
clamp
dnve gear
Tlghtenlng torque
075
beanng
shlm
bolt of slde
Run
0
on
slde
18
gear
of thrust
on
slde
Number of tooth
o
gear
on
76
0
81
0
81
mm
0
030
0
031
m
plnlOn
mate
10
ThIckness of plnlon mate
thrust washer
0
Backlash between slde
76
0
030
0
031
m
gear
plnlon mate
0
1
0
2
mm
0
004
0
008
m
0
2
0
4
mm
0
008 0
016
m
0
5
Clearance between slde gear
case
Amendment hmlt of dlttoed
clearance
Tlghtenlng torque for
beanng nut
mm
0
020
m
wheel
l
12
kgm
87
5ft
ll
t
OIL USED
Standard of all
Gear all MP
90
OIl quantity necessary
f
159
If
I
Flg
HANDLING
CONSTRUCTION
THE
The
axle
rear
slowmg
transmlSSlon to
o nves the left and
m
ed 3teel
1st
nght
m
rear
the form
lS
for lts
bendlng
carner
gear
made out of
15
matenally
spl1ne
made out of
and the
lS
closely
and
ae
sl
ress
construchonally strong enough
l1ght welght wlth ltS rear cover
and strong alloy of alummum
constructed as to make easy dlS
conr ec
gears
molybdenum
The
carner
chrome
steel of
rear
axle
shaft
hlghly strength
the dnve pmlOn dnves the bevel gear WhlCh
ted wlth the dlfferenhal gear
are
hxed
ln
thlS
case
wlth the
pmlOn
The each
two
f
wheels
urnlng to the
stays 0
shaft dnve
dnV eS
a
j
i
J
or
nlon
re
as
gear
lS
plmons
and locked each other
The plmon
whlle
case
lS
gear
tructlOn of d1fferenhal gear conblned wlth these gears
controlhng the d1fference of revoluhon of the rear
Thus
has the
shaft whlch
case
supported by the gear
whlch lS so supported as to funchon freely lnslde the
slde gear
lS connec
d wlth the sphne at the top end of rear axle shaft
1
lock
P
lS
of the lnvolute gear type
Inslde the houslng
lng
used for
hght
and the dlfferenclal gear ass y lS so
mountmg and the adjustment of each gear
cas
lS
axle wlth the dlfferenhal gear whlch
housmg lS made out of the
of Banjo and
the torslOn or the
ne
the
bevel gear
g welded
oel
lS
hypOld
The axle
housmg
the axle
plate
and the
The englne power lS transmltted through the
shaft
then to the dnve plmon and flnally
the
y
housed
floahng
seml
lS
speed
propeller
down the
o
well
as
the
rear
axle
on
The plnlon as lt
ctlons
dlre
the side gear on left and nght and
In case of turn
the stralght l1ne
e reslstance of some obstacles
on
the
ground
the
the plmon shaft and dnves dlfferenhally the slde
in
rear axlelshen the revoluhon of left and nght wheels
self
ve
the
vanous
equally
on
rs
dlff
The external slde
T
of axle
lncl1ned and f1xed to axle
ta ft WhlCh
s1
houslng
locks wlth the
wlth the brake dlsc
t
160
i
lde gear
lS
The shaft
supported by the taper roller bearmg to the axle tube
by the four bolts together wlth the adJustmg
lS
wlth the brake dlSC f1xed
shlm
It
lS
not necessary
feed the
to
to check the lubncahon to the
wheel
The
durablhty
of the gear
HypOld gear Oll No MP 90
Temperature over 32 C SAE MP 140
It lS prohlblted to use any other kmds
11
fferent V1SCOClty
The
same
mg and f1l1
takmg
off the feeler
plug
full up to the feedmg hole
The brake system would not work lf
Dlsmounhng
Dlsassembhng
rear
At the hme of
nght
axle
dlsmountmg
shaft or pull
Take off the
4
Pull off the nuts of the
5
Take off the slde
enhal gear
Jomt flange
case
lllustrated
axle
of gear ollar any Oll of dl
always
be selected
The method of
9
at the
rear
cover
feedmg
over
feed the all
houslng
by
CaUSlng
drum
lnto brake
out for
carner
from the slde of
housmg
pull
out the bot
1
propeller
shaft
and dlsmount forward the
beanng cap of
beanng
cariler and pry wlth
arner
ass
y
lever the d1ffer
a
and the
2
m
jk
beanng
1
J
1
jt
l
wltb the ald of slde
OlV
f
l
Dlsmount the dlfferenhal dnve gear
dlfferenhal gear
a
edge
rlght
t1t
If
by tqosenlng the scrE WS on
spreadlng out1the lock washer asher
dlagonal h e consldenng to keep from the gear
case
the
I
s
ln
to
left and
Il1lo
Loosen them
lt
at least 4 lnches
beanng puN r
Flg
The puller should be handled wlth care m
c
beanng
tJ4
of beanng mner race WhlCh s hard to hook
lef
Both
i
the
beanng should be arranged separately
I
7
all
of the hous
Oll
the gear
Dlsmount the dlfferenhal side
As
be used
of Dlfferentlal Gear Carner
Take off and dram out the gear
3
6
other
the trouble
m
flow out of the bath end of the
and
must
brand must
The standard capaclty of OlllS about 0
should be done by
to cause
must be taken lnto conslderatlOn
followlng pOlnts
Nommated
1
2
but need
when dlsassembl
ln
lt would shorten the
Wlse
I
beanng
beanng grease
proper quanhty
The proper lubncahon to the gear houslng lS also necessary
ed
new
the
and
lng
161
bend
l
Take out the dlfferentlal
plmon as well
the slde
as
The plnlon mate
gear
shaft should flrst be pull
ed out
01
out the
by stnkmg
shaft locklng
plmon mate
pln whlch
dlfferentlal
left slde
hxed
lS
case
from
on
the
from
the slde
of nng gear f1xed
to the
before
out
nght
pulhng
the plnlon
slde gear and
the thrust washer
The
as
gear
well
separately
front and
9
as
the thrust
should be
washer
arranged
left and nght
as
rear
takmg the nut of the
pull out the com
The dnve
pamon flange
wrench
should
pUllOn flange
be employed
settmg ltS
After
carner
four
pOlnts
flange
to
the holes of
ln
keep
lt
from
mov
take off the nuts wlth
lng
the box wrench
234
10
Take out the dnve pmlOn of
carner
gear
hghtly
font end
al
lOn
by stnklng
out
to the backwards the
at the slde
of
Flg
2
of slde
Usmg
beanng puller
com
of dnve pmlOn Wlth the dnft of soft metal
would be taken out together wlth the lnner
fla
l
Th
dlstance plece
droller
er
race
and the
and plnlon of front and
Justlng shlm left
adJustlng
rear
race
of
shlm and
beanng
as
well
the carner
ln
f
e
plmon
rear
employed
ln
rear
beanng
thlS
and the other for
one
end
beanng
lnner
lnner
case
taklng
race
The
off
of the dnve plnlon
replacer
adaptor ln
race
11
t
lS
and the
adaptor
the round form
The drlve
should be
lS
easy to handle wlth the
Jreplacer
of
162
for
f1xlng
flxlng
Vlce
Assembly
carner
gear
Wlth gear
38300 37000
41
8
5
125
38300 37800
35 8
4
375
38300 37001
39
7
5
572
38300 36800
37 8
4
625
3
illO 30800
21520116
2
9
9
1
1145
1
5
38UO
I
I
5
25660
T20 22Kq l
L15
14
I3
v
12
3noD
3
JJJ
i
9
lo
Flg
3
D1fferentlal gear
L
1
t
4
Compamon flange
10
t1
PmlOn shaft
Carrler
assembly
II
D1ff
3
Drive pinlOn front
12
Rear axle
4
Drlve plnion
13
Gear
5
HypOld
drive plnlon
14
Washer
6
Hypold
drive gear
15
Nut
7
D1ff
16
Stud
8
D1ff
bevel slde
17
Drlve plnion nut
9
D1ff
bevel pinlon mate
gear
bearing
rear bearlng
case
gear
163
slde
1
2
bearm
shaft
carrier
p
l
I
u
v
I
t
I
i1r
t
carrler
t
C
q
a
Io
r
I
Y
OJ
12
Taking
out the
bearmg
rear
outer
race
of gear
carner
The dnve pmlOn beaqng outer race replacer should be employed
In other upon the stud so as to make the screw at the
thlS case
center of
To
then
screw
out the front
pull
the tool
adapter
the lower fnm
at
the tommy bar and screw up tlll the
Supportmg
the adapter
13
and set the
carner
the wlng nut to take out the
beanng
lt out wlth
body pull
outer
race
adapter
m
REPAIRING
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
Every parts after they
by
I
compressed
the
Each
beanng should
are
be
makmg
lnspected
the defect and defacement before
Every gear should
2
or
any defects
on
be
mspected
placement lS
Speclally the
the
wnenever
the surface to
drff1cult to
an
outer
race
set
carner
rear
race
OF
mspectlOn
every umt of
and
ass
adjustment
y
ln
regard
wlth
to reused them
dlcldmg
locklng condltlon defacement
they can be reused
to the
s ee
1f
deformatlon
cklash
or
found
re
necessary
dnve plmon and dnv JI gear
condltlon
lockmg
adjust
even
should be
worse
gets
he
because lt would caus
progress
lr
m
as
In case of lnsuff1clent standard h
o
closely
race
touches
dIsassembled should be cleaned and clean
before
an
of the
rear
from the gear
the way of
INSPECTION
ed
corn
ln
wlth proper
nOlse
Jstment
to
replaced
m
and the defacement
ln
later
lS
a
lS
set
already
operatlon and
be
made
CT
The
perfect dnvlng
e about from
I
shoufd sta
3
mm
PririLth
j
ou
f
hp
as
can
lt
lS
tnjfore dlsassembl1ng
1P
orj the gear surface dnve
1 of lt
t l
t
ra
on
the gear
gea
ln
an
be made
ordlnary
as
lt
loaded
dnvmg
lS
do otherWlse
by cleamng the both
palnt thlnly and evenly Wlth the mlxed
slde
then turn the pmlOn wlth hand to
Whlch shows
the sltuahons of
conslderably
t
In casE of unloaded
three
to full surface
and
tl1e
V
tlp
m
lt
nspec them
wlth
thl
worn
4
of thlS condltlon
I
Wlth
3
to
rf
ouch from
fulOn
The
surface of dnve plmon gear should
unloaded dnvmg whlle the gear surface
condltlon at the
quarter
at
nd of gear
test
It
the center of 1
on
the
pltch
hne
lS
perfect
that the gears
whole gear
4 of
if
do
kP
r
t
164
length
contact for about
from tooth
mtenor
3
Lock the sIde gear wIth pIllion
gear
In
together
wIth
thrust
respective
the
10
case
case
sIde
of the backlash
0
over
2
mm
and the clearance between the
gear and thrust washer exceeds 0
5
mm
the thrust
replace
washer
The else
worn
out
should also be
parts
The contact when nng gear
backlash should be
4
Put the
differential gear
volve
the dnve
beanng
do not
Measure the
should be
tmg
adjusted closely
dnve gear
w
and
face and
n
0
5
the
In
to
shaft
washer
mountmg
by
IS
flxed
10
nd cator
the
the gear
the
Re
case
the
as
scale and the shake
clean well the flt
of It and flx
then
correctly
1
Gear
the dIfferential
10
should be clear ed and OIled wIth
InspectIon
Inspection
or
of
ADJUSTMENT
Every parts
the mentioned
It
as
case
shakIng
then the pInIon mate sIde gear
IS
sIde of gear
rear
Assemble the pIllion and sIde gear
by
block
the d al
In
nOlse
block
buoy
Assembling differentIal
1
gIves much
buoy
wIth
measured face
there should not be any
ASSEMBLING
measure
mm
face
rear
the
to pInIon center
It
or
to turn around the d fferential gear
gear
move on
shake at the
th
on
rmg gear
case
replaced
too close
IS
and t
and sel
should be
the backlash
m
new
case
gear 011
hrust washer should be assembled
k
e
lOn
before
agam
Adjustment
must
In
pushIng
the pInIon mate
In
the clearance
be made
In
of between the
case
any abnormal
found
Stnke
10 the pIllion shaft
sIde of dnve gear
a
OpposIte
hole of It after
puttmg
It to
mg pm from
J
the
the
nght
sIde of the
case
d must be flxed
by
settmg well the str
reljUlred pIston
so
as
the pIn
klll
uld no
sh
loosen
l
If
f
2
F
x
the dnve gear
The dnve gear
ed
or
they
must be
OtherwIse
they
In rnountmg
In
sureness
well
as
wIth
the dIffereti
tr e dnve pIllion shoul
whenever the repla1
replaced
i
after assembhiig
lock
properly
case
the fltt1ng surface must specIally
as
set
a
would not
the
flxed WIth 8 Nos
as
nng gear
screws
as
well
as
lock washer
Bend t
1e
a
h
ld
l
TW1th
i
1
shake IS adjusted
In tightenIng up Hie screw
supported by VIce or any other setting tools so as lot
rec
screw up In a dIagonal hne wIth a wrench wh ch flt co
after the dnve gear
It should be set and
It and
to
damage
ly
wIth the head of the screws
35 ft
by
lbs
one
to 40 ft lbs
quarter pund
Screw
Th
10
for
standard screwmg
sure
hammer
165
stnkmg hghtly
ue for th
tor
s
IS
the head of screw
f
25 60 0 10 256 0 01301 256 0
0 10
H
38425 38426 38310 38127
38423 38424
y
50
A
O
256 0 0 10 256 0
38426 38425 38427
L
@@
Q
Gea
4
srA
2S6 0
4Y
1
il
J
C0
t
44
J
r
13
Fi
i
I
I
27160
38161
381
60
i
iO
27
I
53
l
v
I
00
I
j
9
3
Mount the sIde
Press
It
IS
10
Important
Ing shIm
10
thIS
the
to gIve
beanng
10
the d fferential
the both sIde of the beanng
to assemble
case
beanng
a
proper
by putting
preload
case
uSIng the dnft
by
the
beanng adJust
sIde
wIth the
flx1ng
In
carner
ADJUSTMENT BY
ASSEMBLING
S Y
AS
GEAR CARRIER
It
IS
to decIde the
In an
portant
exact sample
must
well be
rear
adjustment of gear whIch IS most Im
and
should
be carned In accordance wIth the
y
The cons ructIon and mechanIsm
the manufacture
assembhng
axle
shown
ass
by
comprehended refernng
to
repaInng exactly accordIng to the cond
11
and the adJustment
use
and beanng are
dIsassembhng and InspectIOn
If the dnve gear
are as
a
adJusting
case
In
to
dnve pIllion
result of
assembled
In
8
practical
based
on
the
g me Drive Pinion
Mounfi
The Preparation for
in the Gear Carrier
I
of
exact calculatIon
adJustment by
A
5
FIg
tion
order of dlsassembhng
the
reused they
they should
be
the prevIous cond tion of
at
shIm
any Item should be
replacedor requlTed
to
reuse
even
1f
out prepare the vanous sh ms as mentIoned
any
later because the pOSItion of dnve pInIon to be f xed WIth carner
d
must be adJusted by the adJusting shIm between the carner al
Item
p1nlOn
2
There
by
an
They
10
0
ment
IS worn
rear
are
beanng
few numbers WIth 0
electnc
pen
show the
025
outer race
on
the
manufactunng
to
mm
deClde
of standard pOSItIOn
from axle center
as
or
besIdes
set
tIp head surface of dnve
Rlli
flgure
of adJ
The
ss
stanqard
FIg
d scnm1nate due to the corOOS10n
6
oeo
for
l
p1lliO
001
adJust
nm
flculf
If the
scrape
t
n
unIt
error In a
the th1ckne
shown If
number marked
off t
1
ze
to
substance
p
on
the surface
scrape off
by
even
a
some
what
narrow
gnnd
stone
the mark
1
167
th
car
not to
4r
FIg
AdJust
3
5
the d rection of
to
of PmIOn
AdJustment
an arrow
The th ckness of dnve pIllion
In
heIght
accordance wIth the pInIon mark
adJusting
sh
m
are
arranged
as
follow
mg
1
t4
tl
7P
r
yJ
Dnve
adJustmg
ar tN o
fad
t
Standard
Th1ckne
lil
i
t
Leaf Nos
Part No
z
l
Jb
p1nlon
1
s s
38153 2660
sblm
0
l
75
mm
1
38127
25660
2
38128
25660
0510
2
38129
25660
03
2
38130
25660
03
0
III
l
f
Ollll
38154
2660
0
25mm 0
38155
26 60
0
125
mntSO
2660
0
075
mm
f
3815 6
f
Hls
0
III
The
adJusting sh m w1l1 be explaIned 10 the followIng para
graph
SupposIng the dnve gear and the dnve pInIOn were
adJustment
set and the
as
a
new
replaced
heIght of dnve pInIon prevIously used was
sh
of
whIch equals to the d fference of
the
m
th
ckness
nght prepare
fIg
of the
use
of
ures
It It
the
on
plus
and thIS pInIon
new
Increase
thIckness of the shIm for
It
IS
of
In case
convenIent to
mentloned later
Deduct the
and have
mInus
assembhng
Inspect
to
prevIously used shIm In case
the general Idea of requIred
prepare
cond1tlon before
the
d1sassembhng
In a
way
the measurement of pInIon heIght
BesIdes the con
d tlon of defacement on the carner
the pInIon beanng must be taken Into
as
cons1deratlOn
B
In
It WIll be
though
explamed
Fixing and Adiustment
I
Dnve pInIon
In th
ner
sh
of Drive Pinion
the
by
sIde of thIs outer
rear
race
must be taken off
also
mentloned
race IS
therefore the tools must be handled
tIon
to
to make the
as
handhng method
on
the
and
Ing
the
by
2
spl1t adaptor
the bar
the setted
housed
tW1S
pOSItIon
properly
Mount the front
For
mountlng
sIde
mount It
The
3
by
race IS
Mount the
up the
carner
beanng
tIghten the
adaptor
scarcely
tlll the
In
use
of
a
the
time
as
the
Inner
lace
screw
support
and lace
adaptor
so
eJ d of
tlp
same
gUlde
outer
rear
the
come
race
to
be
In a
carner
take off at hrst tli
tool at the
to be
way of
h
e
s
l
race
f stud
1i
tlte1
69
10
op
then
r
ntel
outer
race
aged
and roller to the dnve pInIon
attached to the dnve pInIOn
certaIn dnft
from
adapter
e
mountlng
adaptor
Inner race replacer wh ch was employed
the dnve pIllion
Th s mIght as well be
By
the corn to
on
necessary to be taken off unlliss
beanng
round
At the
and fIx the
as
put
sItua
a
Refernng
oval
pOSItIon
screw as
uSIng
carner
up the wIng nut
outer lace
carner
nng
at
m
and the
adJustment
s
In an
adaptor
race
rear
sh
to aVOId such
properly
race
corn
screw
the
faces InSIde at the
the front outer lace
rear
uSIng the
then
InSIde
at the set ed
the front end of the
pos1te
set the
beanng surface
corn as
put
It
hole of
of tool at the small hole of
body
the
beanng
of tool
adJusting
beanng
pIllion heIght
Increased or decreased
each tlme for th
In
car
tool of dnve pInIon front
specIal
beanng outer race replacer
For adJustment of prevIOusly
and
carner
the
In
properly selected
mentioned between the
mount the outer lace
the
should be mounted
outer lace
after 1nsertlng the
case
prevIously
as
m
beanng
rear
s
detaIl later
In
done
rear
bhng
l
d1sassel
at
In
pr
ssmg
beanng
press
In
by
In
the
4
Mount the dnve pIllion
and
carner
nng the
adJust by
pos1tlon
The pInIon
be
adJusted
as
In
the
r
measu
heIght
must
mentlOne d
In
paragraph by
temperanlly the
the prevIOUS
mounttng
pInIon
In
beanng
load
the
carner
and the
be gIven a regular pre
the
On the other hand
drIve pInIon should
oIled after the pmIOn
beanng of
be
newly
IS
Inserted from the InSIde of
the
carner
2a9
FIg
the Inserted end
6
and tlghtened up
of pInIon should be locked wIth front beanng
WIth the companlOn flange ttll the regular
the
nut
by
pmIOn
fIxIng
corn
As th s IS
revolVIng torque IS required
dIstance pIece
the
beanng
bltng
spacer
and 011 seal
are
yet at the f nal
beanng adJustIng
not
assem
shun
not mounted
At the tlme of InsertIng the front
brar1ng
as
pushIng
In
the
Inner
race
Put the
the dnve pInIon from the rear sIde of the carner
by pulhng
then support
the
under
It
and
set
tool
sIde
the
carner
downward
rear
of
ln the beanng by usmg the dnft
pre
mg the end surface of dnve pmlOn
dnve pInIon front bearIng Inner
be
would
eaSIer
uSIng
out
by
The operatIon
lace Inserter
as
shown
l
3
t
r
r
11
FIg
7
PlllIOn
Bearmg Preload Gauge
170
TIghten up the p11110n nut by turlling It slowly wIth hands wIth the use
pre load gauge as FIg 9 to the degree that support the beanng pre
load at 7 10
cm
of
kg
When the dnve pInIon
tlon
It
IS
whether
It IS
standa rd
hIgher
Make
IS
mounted
to measure
necessary
beanng f xed wIth the
flxlng posItIon can be
an
setting
arc
rear
cond
surface of the pInIon
of the speClal
the bottom of the
from
mm
prevIously mentioned
of
lower than the
or
use
dnve pInIon arrangement
gauge
The standard
heIght of the pIllion
21
the
In
heIght
the
8t
1
The
carner
measured
of clTcle
11
IS
sIde
by
both sIdes
On
of arrangement gauge
tIon of sIde
th ckness
ween
beanng
gauge
the clearance bet
In
the tI p of gauge bar and the
pinIon such as to
of the
at the
POSI
and Insert the
carner
push
d
In
by scraplng
In
otherwIse
agonal
preload
and the pllllOn
beanng
would comeout of order and
tend to
In
cause
an
height
unexpected
of the
r
Fig
trouble
8
Use of dnve pInIon
beanng Pre load Gauge
future
5
The formal
adJustment
J
q
fIxIng pos1tlon
preVIOUS paragraph
dnve plll10n
After the
the
to mount agaIn the dnve
nut
TIghten up the nut
the
regular torque
The
rectIon of axle
as
It
8
by
lbs
beanng
spacer
In
th
s
USlllg the torque wrench at
13
In
16
83
thIS
case
beanng adJustlllg
much the play
ms
the
Inserted
Therefore
It must
case
for
more
cause
be
62
IS
kg
of
mg hst and measunng wIth
the
as
cm
10
kg
FIg
the
It
bearlllg tIghtened by
to be burned If lefVand
7
so
as
shim
as
shown
anng
thebb
008
10
by
decreas1ng
fQllow
w
pmlOn
gauge
171
c
rn
L
pre
of the dnve p11110n
beanng pre
to make the
revolvlllg torque of
f there should not
the feeler
Ii
f
or
us
by
any
the pllllOry wIth
led at 0 2 mm
se
error III
the head mark at 0 and the clearance should be
0
T
pIllion to the d
d
adJusting
at 7
cm
d fferent aCC
Justmentof
adJusted by IncreasIng
re
the number of four kmds of
load gauge
In
companIon flange
dlstance pIece and
I
load
preload
mentioned
Increased
sh
IS
as
shIm Inserted
mentioned nuts and
prevIously
turned
beanng
20 ft
the
deClded
IS
shIm Inserted
IS
The less of the
pInIon
and
bearmg
ff the pInIon nut
FIg
to the cond tion of the
The more of the
ve
wn
100
preload supportedly
dlllg
the
of
241
f
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Remarks
When measunng the
of the pInIon head
I
4
cIrcular sIde
I
on
gauge
J
Insert
set
semI
of the
portlons
the sIde
heIght
the
beanng
seats
feeler gauge mto the
a
clearance between the tIp of the
gauge center rod and the pIllion
head
and
adJust
the pIllion
The guage rod
100010
8
mm
IS
made 0
the standard measurement
Therefore
mm
IS
I
J
i
Y
IS
IS
regarded
crea
lllg
read
1ng
rear
pInIon
or
or
on
decreaSIng
of
mInus
valve marked
or mInus
on
adJust
2
mm
poS1tlon
than the
the pmlOn
heIght
outer lace from
the number of the
because the
standard
2 I
SIze
heIght
0
of the
mm
take off the dnve pIllion
the
to
carrIer
adJustIng
sh
adJust by
as
In
In other words
m
the head of the dnve p1111on
before
the number of deVIce pInIon
feeler gauge wh ch
case
D
beanng
decreaslllg
the mark
feeler
the plllIOn head
the correct
at
as
made shorter for
gauge
If It IS necessary to
well as
a
accordance wIth the
9
FIg
thus pm IOn
21
adJustment
by selecting
In
gauge
2431
1F QlII
made
plus
2
shorter than
adJustIng by mcreas
adJustIng shIm to Insert the
IS
deducted for the number of mark from 0 008
SIde added for the number of mark to
0
008
10
In Increase
III
of
plus
For
nstance
r
r
r
by deduC hng Ith
o
002
In
0
010
At the tIme of
J
if
the mark
shows
number of sh
In
It
pushIng
IS
the
m
adJust
so
as
necessary
to
to
the
posItion
of dnve p1nlOn
make the clearance
gIve the
bearmg
outer lace Into the carner
a
at 0
008
In
nght pre load
It must be done
In
f
otherwIse
nght way
SpeClally when the old beanng IS to be used agaIn 10 assembhng the
I
the
r torque than standard 10 accord
adJustment should be made at
Jo
t
ance wIth the cond1tlons of
ise so as not to gIve It an over pre
practIcal
a
load
6
When the
ed
as
1ll
mer
adJustment of pre load
paragraph lllspect
the prevIous
172
of the
beanng IS complet
heIght agaIn
the pIllion
Unless any thIng wrong IS found
loosen the pInIon nut take off the
the
new 011 seal In the rear of the carner
and for
Insert
flange
washer and pInIOn
flange
fIx the
merly
The nut should be
nut
the standard torque
In case the cotter plll hole
tlghtened up
fItted
the adJustment should be made not by tlghtelling the nut but
at
the washer
by fllhng
c
the Differential Gear Ass y
Mounting
in the Carner
1
Mount the
the
unIt of dIfferentIal gear In the carner and fIx
IS a engraved mark on the SIde of cap
complete
beanng
There
cap
whIch should be fl tted
It
mountIng
beanng hOUSIng
each
WIth
mark
on
the
of
beanng hOUSlllg when
flxlng part of the cap of
leg
Important to note that the
IS
The differentIal
IS
machlnerly
case
gear
fln1shed up
lllserted
IS
the
by
beanng adJusting
by hOUSIng In the bear
of
the
must
be
carner
Ing hOUSIng
beanng
glVen the regular pre
of
nut
of the SIde beanng cap
load
The screwlllg torque
the fIXIng
and
should
IS at 30
35
420 490 kg cm
be equally locyed
lbs
ft
shIm
WIth
WIth the SIde
fiXIng
cotter
So far
IS
rr
locked
ust
only
WI th
beanng
and
explaIned
as
pIn
the dIfferentIal unIt
IS
mounted and the dnve gear
J
follOWIng adJustment
the
regular suie beanng pre load
the drIve pInIon
be made to acqulTe the
therefore
the
gear backlash
Z
beanng pre load
To gIve the nght pre load on the
gear case and In pressing the beanng
Adjustment
by
lllS
ed
In
ertlllg lllslde the beanng
manufactunng
carner
error
In a
of 1
unit
III
standard gauge
board
weIght
block
s
mm
place
5 kg
the error
measurement of 20
as
E
0
mm on
F
mInus
the
sIgn
SIde
ufllt
the
19
8
008
ore left
beanng
In
173
stand
jl
andIQgl t
agaInst
It
IS
on
the each
1
1060
0
2
IS
mm
use
a fYat
the
WIth
kof
a1
steady fIgures
basIs of
mm
beanng
numeral IS
agaInst each
Take the left SIde beanng
IS
the
The
and d al gauge
the
standard measurement and the E
0
on
10
acqUlre the
on mInus
When the measured WIdth
agamst
to
on
adJust
flcplat
c
s
compUtatIOn
In
beanng
thIckness
the load
for about Z
Calculate
of them
20 0
case
case
shIm of th1cknes
1000
FIg
To measure the WIdth of the SIde
In th
of d1fferentlal
and dlfferentlal case
ard measurement of ABC D
each
In
adJustlllg
beanng
the dIfferentlal
marked numeral of adJusting bases
IS a
housIng of the gear
the
SIde
accordance WIth the follOWIng method of
There
the
backlash
of SIde
sta
LIlJ
dard
and assume
for
O
example
008
10
jy excludlllg
the
The thIckness of the shIm
to the
method of
followlllg
acqUlred by applYIng
IS
the numerals
computatlon
Ll
A
Tl
0
D
007
l
I
C
E
m
I
0
J
Ijl
B
T2
O
D
r
006
I
F
In
I
10
FIg
ThIckness of sh
on
Th
ckness of sh
on
Left
1
11
of calculatIOn
0
A
1
D
2
C
2
E
0
b
A
TI
o
002
j
fq
t
0
mm
007
0
008
B
2
D
3
f
0
T2
E
B
0
0
D
002
therefore
25
0
06
F
003
0
j
0
008
0
t
as
accordance
well be
01 o
0
aqsembled by
In
010
I
015
ThIckness
of
nght
sIde
The left and
computation
the pre
Measure the backlash of the dnve pIllion
sure
s
sh
m
uSlllg the shIm of th ckness wh ch
otherwIse
Ing the d al Ind cator to make
0
Th1cknes
sIde shIm
pressed
006
I
wIth above method of
Ing must be well
mm
0101ll
o
III
002
kriess of left
It may
In
2
0
ri6 1
c
l
RIght
c
001
0
m
sIde
nght
Example
f
m
sIde
left
that It
IS
nght
IS
bear
load changes
nng gear
wIth
n
0
1
as
mm
by
FIg
O
2
mm
O
us
004
I
0
008
VIce
versa
If It
for
1
much
move
to
left
by taklllg
off the
adJustment
174
I
nght
shIm
and
a
WlthQut htt1n G ar
drlyebypo1d and
oil
I
dnn
Nut
hen
btened
tl
62
1
kg em adJult
puuon with IJ83
IhiI adJ I It
I ng drJ Tepl Dlon be Ilr In
g
driTe
piDIOD
tOrqUI
to
be
bearll1C turnlna
hypoJd
7
10 kg
lurface
lnctlon
ell
Wht n
be a
llo
Jlnt
tlo
th NP
lO
V1
I
I
I
I
Bo1 t d1ff
t1ghten1n
415
485
bearIng
torque
Kllcm
cap
1s
t7
4
i l
J
P
ir
if l J r
t
Fig
11
Carrier
Section
i
S
of
175
Ji
t
The numeral marked
dnve gear
by
the electnc pen
set number
For
6 6
example
means
1
I
D al gauge
2
S
T D
I
gauge
20
0
mm
thIckness
3
WeIght
4
The
on
the
sIde of the
shows that of the recommended backlash besIdes the
block
beanng
measured
I
I
I
L
I
r
t
J
J
p
I
of
w
4
1
C
176
the backlash of 0
006
In
After the
Operation
at the tlme of repaIrIng
necessary to use the beanng agaIn
nght must be reduced for 0 001
the thIckness of each shIm of left
0
60
agaInst standard pre load III accor
o 003
on the basIs of
10 or
80
because over pre load IS
dance wIth the practlcal cond1tlon of use
WIth the sh m of thIckness calculated from above
glVen to the bearlllg
If It
IS
method of computatIon
kt
FIg
12
Measurment of Backlash for the
Dnven P
177
n
on
RIng
Gear
r
J1
I
j
1
J
Ii
r
FIg
13
USIng
the dIfferentIal
178
sIde beanng cap gauge
Od
seal
38140 04100
PmlOn front
Supply chassIs
grease to 011 seal
lip when
ass
bearl ng
y
t 8hiaad
ldJu
jGatl
8bbtlldJ1Ud1D
rrect
IIIMal
aldrln
p1D 10D aad
tt bfl
cap
riD
and
tooth co
ata
ct
ot par lrJpoid
backluh 0 I
0 l
shuns
Drive
Drive
pmlotJ
adjust shims
pImon
bearing
Shaft
gear
Side
Suie
41
484
un
par ti
M3 kl eJI
gear
gear
thrust
u1lJ
ph
e
torqv
hphn b7 tapp
01 bolt hud vitb
1
4 Ib
r
c
Id
ootb
Dtut of
m
tb
on
b
h
ctl
i
diffenlltial
a 4 of f t
0 1
0
washer
widtb
bearing
Pili
i
aDd
U
J
I
l
Mhr U
Qp17
t7
ah1
ol
djunlDI
clrJ
11
lath thicb
381
0
211
bNriD
eqaatua Qd c
in
Fig
14
Differential
179
L
Gear
ad
iepar
Carrier
I
u
tasl53
ellilpate4
bIt ai4
cbnet d
17
4UUa 81HIO
UlnIlP the
prel
Section
t
adJustment
Thus the
IS
the L measurement wh ch
If It
IS
msufhc1ent
In th
and
nght
speClal gauge
The
1
0
s
an
should be
large
SIze
for
emoloyed
way of
40
198
m
of 0
add tlonal sh
the
case
By
wlthlll 198
55
precautIon
mm
002
0
lllS
of m1chrometer
2
dIal
by
measure
FIg
as
13
05
as
mm
FIg
left
In
13
or
scahng
shake of the back of drIve gear wh1th has been flxed
should be measured
carner
o
add
completed
IS
nd cator
to
w
conhrm that It
th the
IS w
th
n
rom
Mounting the Gear Carrier Ass
Axle Housing
Inten
The
ro
of the axle
carner
packing
Mount the gear
down sIde and
housmg
ass
be
The 011 of the
otl tlll lt
mounted
on
the Rear
wIth
new
one
ItS upper sIde wIth
then fIX wIth the lock washer
nut
through 10 studs
tightened In a dIagonal
IS
replaced
y wIthout
The nut must be
When It
on
should be cleaned well
should also
carner
y
the vehIcle
mIstakIng
hne
so
as
not to
feed the gear 011
cause
the 011 leaks
ImmedIately
90 should be feed
gear 011 No
up to the down sIde of the feedIng hole
Feed the
desIgnated hYPOld
comes
f
Ifif
o
eO
fI i
5
t
I
When
placlllg
r
as
to
keep
the
r
t
end
play
shaft do not
and the shaft wIth
flange
0
14
FIg
the d fferential axle
I etween tne end of the axre
so
0000
of the axle
forget
the
the brake d
adjust
sc
sh
m
assembly
shafts
J
Axle Shaft Removal
Jack up the axle
USIng
a
screw
on
If the brake
hllings
slack off the brake shoe
Tak
as
shown
the blocks
Unscrew and remove the brake drum
dnver
should hold the d
adJuster
a
um
when the hand brake
off the f1Xcbolts of the brake dISC and
FIg
Tal
out wIth
IS
released
few notches
swmg hummer
180
remove
holdmg
the axle
shaft
assembly
the wheel stud bolts
th
wl
Beanng cage
b
t12446
0225 0 100
I
Fig
15
Rear
181
Axle
Shaft
1
the
rear
axle
shaft
Draw out the shaft
outsIde of the brake d
and d
sc
assembly by gTlppmg
It
sc
C
16
FIg
iferTlng
brak
1
cag1
np
t
Bear
and
FIg 17 assemble
assembly Brake d sc
d1sc
W
H
eanng
whIch
to
Grease
O
lock nut
seal
In th
for Axle Tube
Assembly
to the axle tube wIth the axle
Grease catcher
Spacer tapper
s
case
the
the end
roller
packIng
beanng
nes s
the
of shaft
a
by
regular
end
the th1ck
of
ri6ert selected sh
F t tne end
play
Secondary
play
to
Lock washer
shaft must be glVen
play of dlTectIon
sphne
adJusting sh ms Inserted at the tlme of as sembhng
In adJustment for thIs end play
select the adJustIng sh
Left or RIght at the fIrst
4v
play
IS
shaft wIth
Grease catcher
0
05
0
10
ms
between the axle
of axle shaft 0
85
1
10
tube and the
by selectmg adJust
182
shaft
for
as
one
sIde
sembly
mm
attach the other sIde of axle
mm
ms
shIms
shaft
assembly
and
adJust
end
THE
INSPECTION WHEN
THE CAR STOPS
1
Operatmg
the gear
the sIde brake
and
s
found by 1nspectmg the motlon of the
and
the
ettmg
backlash and the defacement of the
revolvIng
sphne
In
shaft
propeller
the
as
of axle
housmg
movIng
shaft
can
be
left
It to
nght
SpeClally
beanng
2
Another
of the dnve pInIon
In case
IS worn
out
or
the
adJustment
mspectIon should
IS
comes
out and
In
the pInIon
necessary
be carned
m
a
by JackIng
way
up
one
of
the wheels and spm It back and forth
3
Holdmg
dnectIOn
adJust
4
In
IS
2
3
any
of gIvIng the
case
It
IS
the
the
degree
hIgh
meta
C
of
move
to
tIghtness
of the 011
speedIng
damaged
n01se In
up
out
beanng
that gIves the constant
IS
a
as
or
penod1c
It must
gear
used
when
nOIse
IS worn
of the
because If It
quahty
too much at the dnve gear
that makes
gear
damage
or
any abnormal
beanng
and the
up and spm and
Jacked
mspect
every
and
m
the
housmg
in Motion
at the least
GIvIng
pInIon
felt
and confnm the volume and
Inspect
I
IS
t
1
Inspection
lash
the tHe of the wheels
When the shock
It
and another and so forth
IS
be
fInally
or
slowIng
at
the
bIg
hummmg
down
tre dnve
hIgh speed
In case there IS
speed
ImmedIately d sassembled and repaned
nose
nOIse at
low
the broken gear
to
speedIng up the back
theJdnve pIllIon
and
cause
to breake t
e
other gear
aCCldent
x
I
I
fi
i
183
BRAKE
GENERAL DATE
Type
operated by
foot
Four wheel
operated by
hand
Mechallical
011
brakIng by
pressure
for
brakIng
rear
wheels
Inner d
a
of master
Inner d
a
of wheel
22
cyhnder
cyhnder
23
05
19
ResIdual pressure of brake
Inner d1a
011
o
of drum
5
0
254
of real CIrcle of drum
Degree
Amendment hm1t of d ttoed degree
Allowable hm1t of
mner
d1a
8
kg
BRAKE
ear
Length
LInIng
10
mm
05
o
20
mm
008
a
80
x
d
0
002
m
m
x
mm
10
2
mm
0
032
2
both front
menslOn
x
wIdth
a rea
x
th1cknes
per brake
244
s
shoe
mm x
1 10 sq
pedal
The Drakes
lc
1 on
adJustmg
completely and
press
re of
Integrally
10
if
all four wheels
on
dlTectly coupled
to
a
the brake
wIth the
replellished
operatmg
master cyhn
and
a
pIpe hne
c
Inter connected the master
pressure
mm x
5
mm
gear notch
then make 12
back
14mm
are hydrauhcally operated by
master
foot
pedal
wh ch the
cyhnder
hydrauhc
A supply tank case
ongmated
provIdes a reserVOlT by wh ch the flUld
flUld
er
4
cm
turnIngs
for
45
Fasten
s
T
le
TJ
0
m
Less than 0
wheel
Adjustment of shoe clearance
Rear brake
ifront
IS
mm
cm
SHOE
L1lling
ppl
sq
wheel
19 05
of
drum
a
Rear
mm
both front
rear
Play
810
DRUM
BRAKE
r
7
mm
Front wheel
10
IS
onS1stIng
of tube
flexIble hose
and
nUl on
and the wheel
cyhnder
cyhnders
generated m the master cyhnder by apphcahon
wIth the
foat pedal1s transmItted wIth equal and und m1llished force to all wheel
Th s moves the
cyhndeq s multaneously
pIstons outwards wh ch In turn
the
brake
shes
thus
automatlc
expand
producmg
equahzatlon and effIcIency
When the pedal IS
III dlTect proportIOn to the effort supphed at the pedal
released the brake
shoe spnngs
return
184
the
shoes wh ch then return the
F
wheel
cyl
RetaIner 44113 31700
AdJuster
screw
41146 32200
a H
AdJuster
AdJuster
I
L9
Front
Front brake shoe
After 41031 32202
41021 32200
Front hrake
shoe
41039
return sprIng
Oomponent
32202
J
of
F
185
ont
Brake
1l147 1
t
t
t
L
l
t
I
t
f
f
l
IjV
Z
O
1
f
f
V
f
1
t
r
ee
j
186
J
wheel
and therefore the flUld back llltO the pIpe hnes and
cyhnder pIstons
cyhnder
master
Independent
An
dnvers
cal
sIde
seat
mechallical
left
attached
expanders
the
to
llllkage
sIde
nght
or
rear
actuated by
operates
wheel
the
a
hand brake
bod
cyhnder
wheels
rear
mounted
by
mechanI
es
FRONT BRAKES
The front brakes
are
operated by
Each wheel
cyhnder consIsts of
pIston cups cyhnder cover
pIstons
a
each
one
body
wheel
cyhnder
contaInIng
lock wheel
spnng
cyhnder
cover
spnng seats
and adJust
screw
The shoes
allowed to
are
shde and centrahse
whIch d stnbutes the
force
dunng the actual brakmg
qually over the hnlng area en
brakIng
operatIon
sunng hIgh effec1ency and even hn1ng wear
AdJustment for the brake shoes IS by means
covers
brake
connecting
the
adJustIng
screws
the teeth of the gear
and each
adJustIng
screw
typed
for
shoes
The brake
held
wIth
In
shoes
posItIon by
rest
one
on
the
return
dImples
formed
In
the back
plate
and
are
wIth the hole of shoes
spnng Wh1 ch connectIng
l
I
t
I
j
1
FIg
REAR
The
BRAKES
rear
hse wIth the
operated by
brake
same
wheel
shoes
effect
are
as
III
not flxed but
are
allowed
the front brakes
cyhnder and llldependent hand
187
They
brake
to
shde and centra
are
hydraullcally
mechn1sm
HAN D BRA KE
CABLE
i
f
J
BRAKE
q
DRUM
SIDE
l
e
BRAKE
DISC
BACK
188
J
R
OQU
OCOo
o
0
0
c
tI 0
1iW
I
j
a
t
r
tJ
t
C
Q
1t
d
l
2
FIg
HAND BRAKE
1
The hand brake
pull
up
type of
lever
sItuated
The cable from the control
the
rear
brake
d
sc
when
a
complete
the
along
IS
rear
e
wheels
only and
sIde the dnver
attached
The hand brake
works and should not requ1
Only
on
operates
s
IS
fi by
appl
a
seat
toggle lever connected WIth
hnkage IS set when leaVIng the
to
the
any attentIon under normal maIntenance
overhaul
IS
necessary should the hand brake
hnkage
requIre resetlng
When th
s
correct
the
rear
shoes
should be locked to the drums
WIth the
Just shghtly apphed and the WlTe rope set
rod
of
tpe equah
Just removed by means of a nu at the center
the hand brake
slackness
IS
control
J
zer
drag
hnk
f
y
189
l
1 ston
l
rear
whee 1
cylInder
44108
4410S 32200
322000
44112 32200
Spacer
wheel
rear
cyl
piston
wheel
rear
44109 32200
44135 32200
44135
32210
Cover dust
l
Hh
4110 32200
41206 322
Lock spr
r n
@ 9 11145
0
g
W
l
fi
i
SprIng
l04
SJ
r203
32200
f
N00
l5
I
N
G
J
sprln
k
r
bod
cyl
Y
h
pldt
t
J
4115S 04100
214 04100
44128 3
AdJuster
n
4112S 30ool
s
44
on 32201
h
L B
fffiOOO
1
r
m
Togg
3
I
1
032200
R
Tf
IUTlI
402l
Han
tlt
i
PP
pnnK
32200
n
XUnll
ntl
I
4084 32200
r
@
i
7
p
S3 32200
t
440S2 32200
440S1 32200
i
fJo
Rear
AdJuster
H
retu m spring
Lowe 44071 32200
41 0 0
3 00 R H
41201
shield
I
L
32200
1147
41208
dus t
cover
J
screw
41023 32200
Rear
44060
f2
322
brake
shoe
322 00 L B
Componets
of
Rear
l
190
ass
I
y
Brake
2 JO I
cyl
r
Front brake
adJustment
II
K
i
lc
T
j
iff
1
Rear
brake
adJustment
191
r
ADJUSTING
BRAKES
RaIse the truck and
place stand Jacks front
freely
the parkIng brake cables at the
and
rear
that all
so
four wheels rotate
DIsconnect
ThIS precauhon
drag
due to
should be taken to
mIs
Remove the
adJusted parking brakes
adJuster boot and msert
Ing hole and engage
the teeth
on
cross
ehm1nate the
a
shaft lever
poss1b1hty
screw
drlyer
through adJust
the wheel
Turn the
locked
adJuster wheel down upward dnecbon untl
druI11 then turn It up approxImately
turns hghtly
the brake
on
the wheel
MASTER
ThIs
IS
reservOir
The
of
consIsts
1
an
alloy body
assembly
IS
mad
D1sconnect
bacj
ph
a
pohshed
p
hmshed bore
stoper plate
and check valve
untll
and
nng
pIston
seat
I
tected by
a
rubber boot
as
shown
cyhnder
the cyhnder and remove the
fltlld reserVOlT may WIthdrawn
v
e
Remove the flller cap and dram out flUld
boot and
Pllsp r09
rem
rod
push
valve
the Brdke Master
the can
eI
e
ha
l
f
r
12 notches
the pressure pIpe unIon from
then the master cyhnder and
bolts
complete from
ilie
WIth
f the
cap
Desassembhng
secunng
shoe becomes
WIth cap
return spnng
let
The open end of the cyllllder IS
FIg
the
CYLINDER
Inner
secondary
of brake shoe
g
as
remove
sembly
thrplston
the
can
WIth the
stoPPECr
then
secona
nng WIth
removed
a
palT of
Pull
nosed
long
push rod
exposed there
When the
ry cap WIll be
1ston
y1J
parts
ce
assembly complete
separated by taklllg out other
espeClally the rubber pnmary cap
WIth
n be
nev parts where necessary
1q
1
192
small
for
parts
wear or
d1stor
5
13
41
23
12
Jl
ll
a
r
I
i
J
I
Jt
I
1
tl
6
7
6
FIg
1
3
Components
of Bralr
Push rod
assembly
cyhnder rubber
Stopper plate nng
2
Master
3
4
P1stnn
5
Master
6
P
7
Return
8
boot
secondary cup
cylmder pIston
ston pnmary
cup
master
eturn
cyhnder
spnng
Let out valve
as
10
Check
eat
11
Brake maste r
12
F1l1er cap
13
F1l1er
valve
sembly
cyhnder body
gasket
cap
spnng seat
t
k
1
I
I
1
1
Bleeding
the
J
Hydraulic System
1
C
t4
I
A
t
4
I
fo
1
BleedIng
IS
necessary any
tlme
portIOn
a
been d sconnected or If the level of the brake
so
low
that
nections
au
secure
has entered the master
and the
supply
tank
from the bleed valve and ht the bleed tube
the free end of the
tube
III a
clean Jar
WIth all
cyhnder
topped
over
s
process
must
now
be
a
thef
a
turn
lId ente
downstroke
seat
01
remove
lc
fi s
fall
con
the cap
ImmerSIng
ld
and then ope
ng the Jar is
the brake
bleed tube
repeated for each of the other wheel
193
f
r
dratil1c
ove
llttle brake f1
quarters of
pedal wIth a slow full stroke untIl
Then
completely free of au bubble s
dunng a
pedal tIghten the bleed screw cap suffIcIently to
Th
re
the bleed valve
conta1lling
rate the brake
the h
up wIth the flUld
Unscrew the bleed valve cap about three
1
bf the hydrauhc system
fiUld has been llowed to
cyhnder
r7
Always keep
It
IS
a
careful check
that
most
Important
Should aIr reach the
a
on
full level
master
the
IS
supply
tank
dunng bleedmg
SInce
maIntaIned
cyhnder from
the
supply
tank
the whole
of the
bleedmg operation must be repeated
After bleedmg
top up the supply tank to
three
mately
brake
system
some
for
before It
IS
Never
up the
toppmg
extent areated
day
one
quaters full
use
supply
ItS correct level of approxI
flUld that has been bleed from
tank
as
thIS brake
used agaIn
Th
s
WIll allow the
alT
bubbles
m
the
Great cleanhness IS essenClal when
dIsperse
deahng
and espeClally so where the brake
any part of the hydrauhc system
IS concerned
DITty flUld must never be added to the system
I
s
t
J
Lf
c
y
c
lo
J
r
l
i
f
iJ
J
i0rI
It t c
i
d
I
tl
L
ltf
f
to
Such flUld must be allowed to stand for at least
fluId hme to
Ii
a
flUld may be
7
r
J
r
1
oJ
f1
j
194
wIth
flUld
w
J
I
I
IJ
r
fi
I
P
f
1
t
lI
k
i
f
er
1If
r
l
to
0
t
1
i
Ir
l
i
r
b
n
v
pnnted
11
apal
lCanon
o
t
423
B02305
j
t
j
a
v
I
9
tf1
rSo
iOi1
r A
lit
Tit
i
1